Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsComputer equipmentForce10 Z9000

FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the Z9000

System

FTOS 9.2(0.0) and 9.2(0.2)

Summary of content (1467 pages)

PAGE 1
FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the Z9000 System FTOS 9.2(0.0) and 9.2(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2013 Dell Inc.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide........................................................................................................................ 41 Objectives............................................................................................................................................................... 41 Audience.................................................................................................................................................................41 Conventions.....
PAGE 4
debug cpu-traffic-stats...........................................................................................................................................83 debug ftpserver.......................................................................................................................................................84 disable.....................................................................................................................................................................85 do.
PAGE 5
traceroute............................................................................................................................................................. 129 undebug all........................................................................................................................................................... 131 virtual-ip...............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
resequence prefix-list ipv4.............................................................................................................................165 seq..................................................................................................................................................................166 Extended IP ACL Commands.................................................................................................................................168 deny..........................
PAGE 7
match community...........................................................................................................................................218 match interface.............................................................................................................................................. 218 match ip address............................................................................................................................................220 match ip next-hop...............
PAGE 8
neighbor bfd..........................................................................................................................................................252 neighbor bfd disable............................................................................................................................................. 253 show bfd neighbors..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
debug ip bgp keepalives.................................................................................................................................285 debug ip bgp notifications..............................................................................................................................286 debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration................................................................................................................. 287 debug ip bgp updates.............................
PAGE 10
router bgp.......................................................................................................................................................320 show capture bgp-pdu neighbor....................................................................................................................320 show config.................................................................................................................................................... 322 show ip bgp.......................
PAGE 11
bgp soft-reconfig-backup...............................................................................................................................367 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft......................................................................................................................... 368 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration............................................................................................. 369 ipv6 prefix-list.........................................
PAGE 12
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)................................................................. 405 Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server...................................................................................405 clear ip dhcp...................................................................................................................................................405 debug ip dhcp server..........................................................................
PAGE 13
hash-algorithm hg.................................................................................................................................................430 hash-algorithm hg-seed........................................................................................................................................431 hash-algorithm seed.............................................................................................................................................431 ip ecmp-group.......
PAGE 14
list_env..................................................................................................................................................................465 reboot....................................................................................................................................................................466 save_env............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
interface......................................................................................................................................................... 500 interface loopback......................................................................................................................................... 501 interface ManagementEthernet.....................................................................................................................502 interface null......................
PAGE 16
minimum-links................................................................................................................................................ 552 port-channel failover-group........................................................................................................................... 552 show config.................................................................................................................................................... 553 show interfaces port-channel...
PAGE 17
ip domain-lookup.................................................................................................................................................. 590 ip domain-name.................................................................................................................................................... 590 ip helper-address..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
24 IPv6 Basics.............................................................................................................................647 clear ipv6 fib..........................................................................................................................................................647 clear ipv6 route..................................................................................................................................................... 648 clear ipv6 mld_host........
PAGE 19
bgp graceful-restart..............................................................................................................................................683 bgp log-neighbor-changes................................................................................................................................... 684 bgp non-deterministic-med..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
neighbor remote-as.............................................................................................................................................. 719 neighbor remove-private-as................................................................................................................................. 720 neighbor route-map..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
bgp dampening..................................................................................................................................................... 755 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast.......................................................................................................................................756 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening....................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
debug isis local-updates.......................................................................................................................................791 debug isis snp-packets.........................................................................................................................................792 debug isis spf-triggers..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
net......................................................................................................................................................................... 824 passive-interface..................................................................................................................................................824 redistribute............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
show mac-address-table aging-time............................................................................................................. 867 show mac accounting destination................................................................................................................. 868 show mac learning-limit.................................................................................................................................869 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands.................................
PAGE 25
show running-config lldp............................................................................................................................... 901 LLDP-MED Commands..........................................................................................................................................902 advertise med guest-voice.............................................................................................................................902 advertise med guest-voice-signaling........
PAGE 26
revision................................................................................................................................................................. 932 show config.......................................................................................................................................................... 933 show spanning-tree mst configuration.................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
graceful-restart helper-reject........................................................................................................................ 968 graceful-restart mode.................................................................................................................................... 969 graceful-restart role.......................................................................................................................................970 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time..........
PAGE 28
show ip ospf topology.................................................................................................................................. 1017 summary-address.........................................................................................................................................1018 timers spf......................................................................................................................................................1019 timers throttle lsa all..........
PAGE 29
ip pim join-filter.............................................................................................................................................1055 ip pim ingress-interface-map.......................................................................................................................1056 ip pim neighbor-filter.................................................................................................................................... 1057 ip pim query-interval...............
PAGE 30
show config........................................................................................................................................................ 1091 show monitor session.........................................................................................................................................1092 show running-config monitor session................................................................................................................ 1093 source (port monitoring)....
PAGE 31
match ip dscp............................................................................................................................................... 1129 match ip precedence................................................................................................................................... 1130 match mac access-group............................................................................................................................ 1131 match mac dot1p...........................
PAGE 32
distribute-list in................................................................................................................................................... 1171 distribute-list out.................................................................................................................................................1172 ip poison-reverse................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
hello-time............................................................................................................................................................ 1209 max-age.............................................................................................................................................................. 1210 protocol spanning-tree rstp................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
radius-server host........................................................................................................................................ 1246 radius-server key......................................................................................................................................... 1248 radius-server retransmit.............................................................................................................................. 1249 radius-server timeout...............
PAGE 35
show ip ssh rsa-authentication....................................................................................................................1278 ssh................................................................................................................................................................ 1279 Secure DHCP Commands................................................................................................................................... 1281 clear ip dhcp snooping.............
PAGE 36
snmp-server contact.................................................................................................................................... 1313 snmp-server enable traps............................................................................................................................ 1314 snmp-server engineID..................................................................................................................................1315 snmp-server group.............................
PAGE 37
stack-unit provision............................................................................................................................................ 1358 stack-unit stack-group........................................................................................................................................1359 upgrade system stack-unit................................................................................................................................. 1360 49 Storm Control......
PAGE 38
ntp multicast client............................................................................................................................................. 1396 ntp server............................................................................................................................................................1397 ntp source...........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
show vlt counters............................................................................................................................................... 1433 show vlt detail.....................................................................................................................................................1435 show vlt inconsistency.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
PAGE 41
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in FTOS Z-Series platform.
PAGE 42
x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
PAGE 43
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in.
PAGE 44
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, FTOS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 45
When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int gig int interface for the interface gigabitethernet interface command. • To complete keywords in commands, use the TAB key. • To display the last enabled command, use the up Arrow key. • Use either the Backspace key or Delete key to erase the previous character.
PAGE 46
• CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the FTOS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section. The CLI prompt changes as you move up and down the levels of the command structure. Starting with CONFIGURATION mode, the command prompt adds modifiers to further identify the mode. For more information about command modes, refer to the Command Modes section.
PAGE 47
save copies the output to a file for future use Displaying All Output To display the output all at once (not one screen at a time), use the no-more option after the pipe. This operation is similar to the terminal length screen-length command except that the no-more option affects the output of just the specified command. For example: FTOS#show running-config|no-more. Filtering the Command Output Multiple Times You can filter a single command output multiple times.
PAGE 48
2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include (conf-control-cpuqos).
PAGE 49
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, refer to ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmpgroup-ecmp-group-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
PAGE 50
FRRP Mode To enable or configure Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP), use FRRP mode. For more information, refer to Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP). To enter FRRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-frrp-ring-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 51
Prompt Interface Type FTOS(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID. FTOS(conf-ifrange)# Designated interface range (used for bulk configuration). IP ACCESS LIST Mode To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command.
PAGE 52
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the line command. Include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch. The prompt changes to include (config-line-console) or (config-line-vty). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. MAC ACCESS LIST Mode To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command.
PAGE 53
Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode To enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol, use PVST+ mode. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt. To enter PVST+ mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree pvst command. The prompt changes to include (conf-pvst). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 54
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode. For more information, refer to ETS Commands. To enter QOS POLICY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the qos-policy-output command, then the policy name, then ets.
PAGE 55
To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command.
PAGE 56
TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conftrace-acl). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. VLT DOMAIN Mode To enable and configure the VLT domain protocol, use VLT DOMAIN mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Link Trunking (VLT). To enter VLT DOMAIN mode: 1.
PAGE 57
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z-Series platform. boot system Tell the system where to access the FTOS image used to boot the system.
PAGE 58
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system. Related Commands boot system gateway — specifies the IP address of the default next-hop gateway for the management subnet. format flash Erase all existing files and reformat the file system in the internal flash memory or the USB drive.
PAGE 59
show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show boot system {stack-unit unit ID} stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number to display boot image information for a stack-unit. The Z9000 range is from 0 to 7. Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 60
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Z9000 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 61
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: • For internal flash, enter flash: • For external Flash, enter slot0: • For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 62
no ip address shutdown Related Commands format flash (S-Series) — Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series. show file-systems — displays information about the file systems on the system. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified.
PAGE 63
show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 64
interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 65
redirectlist for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file
PAGE 66
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. Version 6.5.4.0 Added the status option. Example FTOS#show running-config Current Configuration ... ! Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 67
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. Example FTOS#show startup-config ! Version 7.4.1.0 ! Last configuration change at Thu Mar 29 02:16:07 2007 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Mar 29 02:35:08 2007 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.
PAGE 68
Build Path: /local/local0/Release/5-4-1/SW/Bsp/Diag Dell Force10 uptime is 1 days, 3 hours, 16 minutes System image file is "/home/5.3.1/5.3.1.0/FTOS-EDRPM1-5.3.1.0.bin" Chassis Type: E1200 Control Processor: IBM PowerPC 405GP (Rev D) with 268435456 bytes of memory. Route Processor 1: IBM PowerPC 405GP (Rev D) with 536870912 bytes of memory. Route Processor 2: IBM PowerPC 405GP (Rev D) with 536870912 bytes of memory. 128K bytes of non-volatile configuration memory.
PAGE 69
Example (SSeries) Lines Beginning With Description Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... E-Series route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... E-Series route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor...
PAGE 70
FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)#ipv6 nd prefix FEC0::/10 FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)#show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 ip address 78.21.1.3/24 ipv6 nd prefix fec0::/10 flowcontrol rx on tx on no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS# upgrade Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the management unit.
PAGE 71
• To specify an FTOS image on the internal flash, enter flash:// file-path/filename. • To specify an FTOS image on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath. • To specify an FTOS image on the external flash on the primary RPM, enter slot0://file-path/filename. • To copy a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/ filepath/filename. where hostip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 URI [x:x:x:x::x] format address.
PAGE 72
..................................... ............................................................... ..................................... ............................................................... ..................................... ............................................................... ..................................... ............................................................... ..................................... ............................................................... ..
PAGE 73
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z-Series. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the rpm option. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example FTOS#upgrade sfm 1 autoreset SFM1: upgrade in progress !!! !!! !!! SFM1: upgrade complete SFM1 is active.
PAGE 74
PAGE 75
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the following Dell Networking Z9000 platform. NOTE: Starting in version 8.3.11.4, the enable xfp-power-updates command was deprecated for the Z9000.
PAGE 76
banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Z9000 Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message ending the message with your delineator. In the following example, the delineator is a percent character (%); the banner message is “testing, testing”.
PAGE 77
FTOS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner FTOS> Related Commands banner login — sets a banner for login connections to the system. banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. exec-banner — Enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system.
PAGE 78
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays.
PAGE 79
Defaults No banner is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 80
• l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number [vmanqos | vman-dualqos] number ecfmacl number {openflow {4|8}} iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 81
clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. Z9000 Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 82
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. show command-history — displays a buffered log of all the commands all users enter along with a time stamp. clear line Reset a terminal line. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 83
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Z9000 Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 84
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot).
PAGE 85
E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. Z9000 Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the FTOS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 86
Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 87
Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 88
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Replacement command for the S4820T. Replaces the enable xfppower-updates command. Version 8.3.11.4 Replacement command for the Z9000. Replaces the enable xfppower-updates command Version 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. enable xfp-power-updates Enable 10–gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP) power updates for SNMP.
PAGE 89
Usage Information The chassis MIB contains the entry chSysXfpRecvPower in the chSysPortTable table. Periodically, IFA polls the XFP power for each of the ports and sends the values to IFM where it is cached. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
PAGE 90
Related Commands exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. Z9000 Syntax exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, use the no exec-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 91
Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 92
Command History • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 93
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
PAGE 94
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 95
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 96
Usage Information The hostname is used in the prompt. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9000 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
PAGE 97
ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Z9000 Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number.
PAGE 98
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. Z9000 Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 99
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 100
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 101
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Verison 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 102
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL).
PAGE 103
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 104
df-bit (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for the “don't fragment” bit in IPv4 header. • N: Do not set the “don't fragment” bit. • Y: Do set “don't fragment” bit Default is No. validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data. • Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No. Defaults Command Modes Command History outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address.
PAGE 105
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 106
Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms FTOS# Example (IPv6) FTOS#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) FTOS# reload Reboot FTOS. Z9000 Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfgchange.
PAGE 107
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Z9000 Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 108
Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
PAGE 109
show alarms View alarms for the route process module (RPM), switch fabric modules (SFMs), line cards, and fan trays. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show alarms [threshold] threshold • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 110
show cam-acl-vlan Display the block sizes allocated for the VLAN CAM ACL. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 111
Example FTOS#show command-history [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption]by default from console [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
PAGE 112
Related Commands clear command history — clears the command history log. show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command.
PAGE 113
aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: 1 tacacs+ option usage: 0 show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. The range is from 1 to 1568.
PAGE 114
NOTE: After debugging is complete, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command to shut off traffic statistics collection.
PAGE 115
GigabitEthernet 5/0-1,5-6,10-11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5/0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 FTOS# show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and FTOS version, including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show inventory [media slot] media slot (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media then the stack ID of the stack member for which you want to display pluggable media inventory.
PAGE 116
0 0 0 0 *S50-01-GE-48T-V S50-01-10GE-2C S50-PWR-AC S50-FAN DL267050013 N/A N/A N/A 7590003600 N/A N/A N/A B N/A N/A N/A * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured -------------------------------------------------------------Example (SSeries) S50V_7.7#show inventory media ? <0-7> Slot number | Pipe through a command S50V_7.
PAGE 117
show processes ipc flow-control Display the single window protocol queue (SWPQ) statistics. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show processes ipc flow-control [cp] cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view the control processor’s SWPQ statistics. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 118
Field Description Total/ Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example (SSeries) 118 • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks. • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement. • If no response is received within a defined period of time, the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue.
PAGE 119
show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
PAGE 120
Example Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 121
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present".
PAGE 122
Current Type Master priority Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable POE Capable Boot Flash BIOS version Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID Version Service Tag Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Z9000 - 32-port TE/FG (ZB) 0 3.0 128 8 min, 50 sec 8.3.11.3b yes no 3.0.1.1 3.0.0.
PAGE 123
-- Module 1 -Status : not present -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up AC Related Commands • show version – displays the FTOS version. • show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member.
PAGE 124
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced save to the file options. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option.
PAGE 125
2 3 Example (SSeries) drwx d--- 1536 512 Jul 13 1996 02:38:06 +00:00 .. Nov 20 2007 15:46:44 +00:00 ADMIN_DIR FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 0 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: FTOS 7.6.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc.
PAGE 126
ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer RPM. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username] -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Not configured. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 127
Defaults Command Modes Command History vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name. source-interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface. Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For the Null interface, enter the keyword null then 0.
PAGE 128
telnet-peer-stack-unit Open a Telnet connection to the peer stack unit. Z9000 Syntax telnet-peer-stack-unit Defaults Not configured. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 129
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Z9000 Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device.
PAGE 130
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale with IPv6. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4 only). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 131
----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms FTOS# Related Commands ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system.
PAGE 132
virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. Z9000 Syntax virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 133
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Z9000 Syntax Parameters write {memory | terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 134
PAGE 135
802.1X 5 An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 136
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 137
Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 138
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. Z9000 Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 139
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Z9000 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on a globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 140
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Z9000 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 141
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Z9000 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 142
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, FTOS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Z9000 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 143
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-Auth mode.
PAGE 144
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 145
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 146
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Z9000 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 147
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 148
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Z9000 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
PAGE 149
mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. none • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 150
2 3 4 5 6 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 151
Example FTOS#show dot1x int Gi 2/32 802.
PAGE 152
802.
PAGE 153
Access Control Lists (ACL) 6 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 154
description Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured. • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 155
show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 156
access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line. Z9000 Syntax access-class access-list-name To remove an ACL, use the no access-class access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 157
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 158
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 159
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 160
Usage Information Example show ip accounting access-lists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. FTOS#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface gig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.
PAGE 161
host ip-address • count — Enter the keyword bytesorder to count bytes the filter processes. • dscp — Enter the keyword dcsp followed by the DCSP value to match to the IP DCSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. • fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. • order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 162
ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Z9000 Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-listname command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any,” that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 163
permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax permit {source [mask]| any | host ip-address} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent.
PAGE 164
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.
PAGE 165
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 166
Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list.
PAGE 167
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 168
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The Z9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 169
log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 170
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP packets.
PAGE 171
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 172
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 173
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameter-problem All parameter problems port-unreachable Port unreachable precedenceunreachable Precedence cutoff protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassembly-timeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-route-failed Source route failed t
PAGE 174
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 175
log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 176
The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry.
PAGE 177
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 178
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 179
8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To #Covered 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 180
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Example FTOS(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND FTOS(config-ext-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard IP access list. show config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 181
priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.
PAGE 182
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous.
PAGE 183
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 184
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 185
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous.
PAGE 186
NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 187
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 188
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 189
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 190
port port • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 191
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching.
PAGE 192
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Common MAC Access List Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have modespecific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The Z9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL.
PAGE 193
Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). NOTE: This option is available only with the keywordin option. in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. NOTE: The option is not available on the S-Series.
PAGE 194
Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: interface in | out • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet and then enter the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel and then enter a number. The C-Series and SSeries range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 195
in | out Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel and then enter a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and then enter the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and then enter the slot/port information. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 196
count seq count seq FTOS# (0 20 (0 25 packets) deny host 00:00:00:00:00:41 host 00:00:00:00:00:49 packets) permit any any count (0 packets) Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The Z9000 support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs.
PAGE 197
information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 198
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
PAGE 199
Parameters any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 200
Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Z9000 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 201
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 202
Parameters any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host mac- Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. address mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. mac-destinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-destinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 203
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 204
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 205
Parameters any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. mac-destinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-destinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
PAGE 206
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 207
mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. mac-destinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-destinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
PAGE 208
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets.
PAGE 209
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
PAGE 210
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Z9000 Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 211
ge min-prefix- length le max-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 212
ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 213
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers FTOS(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 214
Example FTOS#show ip prefix-list detail Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: filter_ospf ip prefix-list filter_in: count: 3, range entries: 3, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 1.102.0.0/16 le 32 (hit count: 0) seq 6 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 0) ip prefix-list filter_ospf: count: 4, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 100.100.1.0/24 (hit count: 5) seq 6 deny 200.200.1.0/24 (hit count: 1) seq 7 deny 200.200.2.
PAGE 215
count: 2, range entries: ip prefix-list test2: count: 1, range entries: ip prefix-list test3: count: 1, range entries: ip prefix-list test4: count: 1, range entries: ip prefix-list test5: count: 1, range entries: ip prefix-list test6: count: 1, range entries: FTOS# 2, sequences: 5 - 10 1, sequences: 5 - 5 1, sequences: 5 - 5 1, sequences: 5 - 5 1, sequences: 5 - 5 1, sequences: 5 - 5 Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior refle
PAGE 216
Usage Information The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue). If a match clause exists, the continue feature executes only after a successful match occurs. If there are no successful matches, the continue feature is ignored.
PAGE 217
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 218
match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 219
• . • For the loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 220
match ip address To match routes based on IP addresses specified in an access list, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax match ip address prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ip address prefix-list-name command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 221
Parameters prefix-list prefix- list-name Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up 10 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 222
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
PAGE 223
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 224
match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax match route-type {external [type-1 | type-2] | internal | level-1 | level-2 | local} To delete a match, use the no match route-type {local | internal | external [type-1 | type-2] | level-1 | level-2} command. Parameters external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external then either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes.
PAGE 225
match tag To redistribute only routes that match a specified tag value, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax match tag tag-value To remove a match, use the no match tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 226
Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a text string of up to 140 characters to name the route map for easy identification. permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps.
PAGE 227
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 228
set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 229
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 230
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 231
set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stubarea} To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command. Parameters backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0).
PAGE 232
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 233
- (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 234
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 235
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode. If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable.
PAGE 236
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. Z9000 Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 237
Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is routeroriginated = 32768 and all other routes = 0. When there are multiple routes to the same destination, the routes with a higher weight are preferred. Defaults router-originated = 32768; all other routes = 0 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 238
Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(config-route-map)#show config ! route-map hopper permit 10 FTOS(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show route-map [map-name] map-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 239
Related Commands route-map — configures a route map. AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 240
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip as-path-access-lists • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 241
Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.
PAGE 242
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Example 242 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 243
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) 7 Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03. BFD is supported on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 244
Defaults Command Modes Refer to Parameters. ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced BFD for VRRP and OSPFv3 on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the Z9000.
PAGE 245
bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Z9000 Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on S4810. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 246
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. Z9000 Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 247
min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100. multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3.
PAGE 248
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 249
Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state. Peer routers might take corrective action by choosing alternative paths for the routes that originally pointed to this router.
PAGE 250
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 251
Version 9.2.0.0 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 252
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 253
Version 8.4.1.3 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. When you enable a BFD session with a specified BGP neighbor or peer group using the bfd neighbor command, the default BFD session parameters are used (interval: 100 milliseconds, min_rx: 100 milliseconds, multiplier: 3 packets, and role: active) if you have not specified parameters with the bfd neighbor command.
PAGE 254
Version 8.4.1.3 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. When you explicitly disable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the neighbor bfd disable command: • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. • The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier.
PAGE 255
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 256
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 FTOS# Related Commands bfd neighbor — establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd neighbor Establish a BFD for VRRP session with a neighbor. Z9000 Syntax vrrp bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no vrrp bfd neighbor ipaddress command.
PAGE 257
Border Gateway Protocol 8 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables. BGP is supported in FTOS version 9.0.0.0 for the Z9000 platform .
PAGE 258
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 259
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 260
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 261
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Z9000 Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 262
FTOS(conf)# Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Z9000 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 263
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load-sharing.
PAGE 264
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 265
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Z9000 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 266
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors.
PAGE 267
Usage Information To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS number, configure your system. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation.
PAGE 268
Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Z9000 Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 269
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, configure the parameters in the order they appear in the CLI. Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths — views the BGP paths.
PAGE 270
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. Z9000 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 271
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
PAGE 272
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. Z9000 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 273
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Z-Series Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 274
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to FTOS choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
PAGE 275
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9000 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 276
Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 FTOS(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands show ip protocols — views information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the ESeries. bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9000 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor.
PAGE 277
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.
PAGE 278
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer.
PAGE 279
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * | as-number | ip-address [flap-statistics | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format).
PAGE 280
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP.
PAGE 281
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list aspath-name | regexp regular-expression] ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix. filter-list as-path- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH list.
PAGE 282
Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics. undebug all — disables all debugging operations. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
PAGE 283
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening. events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information.
PAGE 284
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 285
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 286
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
PAGE 287
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group..
PAGE 288
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. prefix-list prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list then the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). list-name ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 289
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes.
PAGE 290
distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. Z-Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 291
Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 292
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 293
Related Commands bgp add-path — allows the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths implicitly replacing any previous ones. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} advertisement-interval command.
PAGE 294
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 295
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} default-originate command.
PAGE 296
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 297
in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 298
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for bestpath selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
PAGE 299
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-pathname {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 300
neighbor graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 301
neighbor local-as To accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path, configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [noprepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 302
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent.
PAGE 303
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 304
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection.
PAGE 305
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 306
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you create a peer group, it is disabled (Shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as — assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 307
Related Commands neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound — assigns a subnet to a dynamically configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remote-as number command.
PAGE 308
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 309
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 310
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 311
Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 312
Related Commands show ip bgp summary — displays the current BGP configuration. show ip bgp neighbors — displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound Enable soft-reconfiguration for BGP. Z-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration inbound command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 313
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. Z-Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0.0.0.0/0. mask Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x).
PAGE 314
Defaults • • keepalive = 60 seconds holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 315
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions.
PAGE 316
Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Z-Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map mapname] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24).
PAGE 317
Usage Information FTOS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute — redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Z-Series Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command.
PAGE 318
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of an established route map.
PAGE 319
Related Commands neighbor default-originate — injects the default route. redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. Z-Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 320
When you enter the redistribute isis process-id command without any other parameters, FTOS redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. RFC does not support this feature. router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode. Z-Series Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.
PAGE 321
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 322
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z-Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 323
longer-prefixes Command Modes Command History • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.
PAGE 324
*> 4.0.0.0/8 *> 4.2.49.12/30 * 4.17.250.0/24 1239 13716 i *> 63.114.8.33 1239 13716 i * 4.21.132.0/23 6461 16422 i *> 6461 16422 i *> 4.24.118.16/30 *> 4.24.145.0/30 *> 4.24.187.12/30 *> 4.24.202.0/30 *> 4.25.88.0/30 3561 3908 i *> 5.0.0.0/9 *> 5.0.0.0/10 *> 5.0.0.0/11 --More-Related Commands 63.114.8.35 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 0 0 0 0 18508 18508 18508 18508 ? 701 1 i 209 i 209 0 18508 701 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.
PAGE 325
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 326
communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
PAGE 327
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 328
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Z-Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list (maximum 140 characters). exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities.
PAGE 329
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS#show ip bgp community-list pass BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 10.101.15.
PAGE 330
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS>show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 331
NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 :
PAGE 332
AfNumAggrPfx 0 : AfNumAggrASSet 0 : AfNumSuppmap 0 : AfNumAggrValidPfx 0 : AfMPathRttP 0x41a0d700 MpathCtxAddr 1101111140 : MpathCtxAddrlen 255 : AfEorSet 0x41a19f98 : NumDfrdPfx 0 AfActPeerHd 0x41a1a3a4 : AfExtDist 1101112312 : AfIntDist 200 : AfLocDist 200 AfNumRRc 0 : AfRR 0 : AfNetRttP 0x41a0d300 : AfNetCtxAddr 1101112392 : AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeil
PAGE 333
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Z-Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] filter-list as-path-name ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 334
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS#show ip bgp filter-list hello BGP table version is 80227, local router ID is 120.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Path * I 6.1.5.
PAGE 335
regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match. The range is 256 characters. • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences).
PAGE 336
Example Field Description Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the flapping route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS>show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP table version is 210851, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 337
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS>show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.
PAGE 338
advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view neighbor-specific internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes.
PAGE 339
Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the following examples. The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one.
PAGE 340
The Lines Beginning with: Description Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information. Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session. If the peering session was never reset, the word never is displayed. Local host: Displays the peering address of the local router and the TCP port number.
PAGE 341
5 accepted prefixes consume 20 bytes Prefix advertised 0, denied 4, withdrawn 0 Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:18:21, due to Maximum prefix limit reached Example (AdvertisedRoutes) FTOS>show ip bgp neighbors 192.14.1.5 advertised-routes BGP table version is 74103, local router ID is 33.33.33.
PAGE 342
D 70.70.22.0/24 D 70.70.23.0/24 D 70.70.24.0/24 FTOS# Related Commands 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 0 0 0 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? show ip bgp — views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
PAGE 343
63.114.8.34 63.114.8.34, Gi 12/22 63.114.8.35 63.114.8.35, Gi 12/22 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.60, Gi 12/22 FTOS> 135152 1 135155 0 0 0 0 00:18:13 0 00:18:07 0 00:18:11 show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Z-Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space).
PAGE 344
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example. Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute.
PAGE 345
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp paths as-path command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 346
Usage Information Example 346 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 347
286:777 286:3033 517:5104 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Z-Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
PAGE 348
Example () Line beginning with: Description BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor. Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group.
PAGE 349
12.4.1.5* 12.4.1.6* Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group (multicast) — views information on the BGP peers in a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 350
Usage Information Example (S4810) 350 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table.
PAGE 351
*>I 6.2.0.0/22 i *>I 6.3.0.0/18 i 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 701 668 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 701 668 show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z-Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] summary • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 352
Field Description community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent.
PAGE 353
1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 39 bytes of memory 1 BGP community entrie(s) using 43 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 7232 bytes of memory Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/ Pfx 100.10.10.2 200 46 41 34 0 0 00:14:33 5 120.10.10.2 300 40 47 34 0 0 00:37:10 0 FTOS# show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature.
PAGE 354
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 355
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series.
PAGE 356
Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes.
PAGE 357
best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path FTOS> BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities.
PAGE 358
Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit — configures to add (permit) rules. show ip extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list. deny regex This feature allows you to specify an extended community to reject (deny) using a regular expression (regex). Z-Series Syntax deny regex {regex} To remove, use the no deny regex {regex} command. Parameters regex Enter a regular expression. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 359
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 360
Parameters extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 361
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. deny — configures to delete (deny) rules. show ip bgp extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list.
PAGE 362
set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Z-Series Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [nontrans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value).
PAGE 363
Related Commands set extcommunity soo — sets the extended community site-of-origin in the route-map. set extcommunity soo To set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map, use this feature. Z-Series Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [nontrans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 364
Related Commands set extcommunity rt — sets the extended community route origins using the route-map. show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. Z-Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information.
PAGE 365
Weight 0, external Communities : 300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* FTOS# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z-Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 366
FTOS# show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Z-Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 367
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
PAGE 368
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
PAGE 369
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 370
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. Z-Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 371
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peersession.
PAGE 372
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 373
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 9 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking Z9000 platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
PAGE 374
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 375
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dualqos. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect.
PAGE 376
cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. Z9000 Syntax Parameters cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 377
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 378
Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : VmanDualQos: Ipv4pbr : 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 FTOS# test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Z9000 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name linecard {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 379
Example (CSeries) Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
PAGE 380
Example (SSeries) Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile.
PAGE 381
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 10 The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking Z9000 platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. Z9000 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 382
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, do not use the keywords cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands qos-policy-input — creates a QoS input policy map.
PAGE 383
policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each queue. Z9000 Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 384
show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Z9000 Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 385
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 386
ISIS FTOS# 386 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any any Q7 Q7 CP CP _
PAGE 387
Debugging and Diagnostics 11 The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z-Series platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, FTOS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.
PAGE 388
automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics.
PAGE 389
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 390
Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
PAGE 391
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.2) Changed the default value from global 4q to Dynamic. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the global keyword. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface.
PAGE 392
cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics to clear the management statistics. stack-port number Enter the keywords stack-port then the port number of the stacking port to clear the statistics of the particular stacking port. The range is 0 to 52 for the Z9000. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 393
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. Z9000 Syntax hardware watchdog Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 394
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 395
show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 396
Defaults Command Modes Command History stack-port portnumber Enter the keywords stack-port and a stacking port number to select a stacking port for which to display statistics. The range is 0.
PAGE 397
Output 00.
PAGE 398
Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter FTOS# Example (PortStats) Example (Register) 398 : 0 : 0 25 FTOS#show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 0 ena/ speed/ link auto STP loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause back ge0 down SW Yes Block ge1 !ena SW Yes Block ge2 !ena SW Yes Block ge3 !ena SW Yes Block ge4 !ena SW Yes Forward ge5 !ena SW Yes Forward ge6 !ena SW Yes Forward ge7 !ena SW Yes Forward ge8 !ena SW Yes Forward ge9 !ena SW Yes Forward ge10 !ena SW Yes Forward ge11 !ena SW Yes Forward ge12 !ena SW Yes
PAGE 399
0x0061204c ASFPORTSPEED.ge18 = 0x00000000 0x0061304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge19 = 0x00000000 0x0061404c ASFPORTSPEED.ge20 = 0x00000000 0x0061504c ASFPORTSPEED.ge21 = 0x00000000 0x0061604c ASFPORTSPEED.ge22 = 0x00000000 0x0061704c ASFPORTSPEED.ge23 = 0x00000005 0x0061804c ASFPORTSPEED.hg0 = 0x00000007 0x0061904c ASFPORTSPEED.hg1 = 0x00000007 0x0061a04c ASFPORTSPEED.hg2 = 0x00000000 0x0061b04c ASFPORTSPEED.hg3 = 0x00000000 0x0061c04c ASFPORTSPEED.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x00780000 AUX_ARB_CONTROL.
PAGE 400
The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 4 The CPU Port of the device is 28 The number of ports in device 1 is - 24 The number of Hg ports in devices 1 is - 4 The CPU Port of the device is 28 The staring unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x000000000000400000000000 Front End Port Present Status 0x000000000000000000000000 Back Plane Link Status 0x00000000 ***************************************************
PAGE 401
Example (Queue2/BufferInfo) FTOS(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 queue 2 buffer-info Related Commands clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 Queue 2 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 show interfaces stack-unit — displays information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member.
PAGE 402
EntryId Description #HITS ----------------------------------------------------------2048 STP BPDU Redirects 0 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 0 2045 LACP traffic Redirects 0 2044 GVRP traffic Redirects 0 2043 ARP Reply Redirects 0 2042 802.1x frames Redirects 0 2041 VRRP frames Redirects 0 2040 GRAT ARP 0 2039 DROP Cases 0 2038 OSPF1 STUB 0 2037 OSPF2 STUB 0 2036 VRRP STUB 0 2035 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC+VLAN 4095 0 2034 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC 0 2033 Catch all 0 384 OSPF[224.0.0.5] Packets 0 383 OSPF[224.0.0.
PAGE 403
00000000 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=3, mode=0x01, entries=1} ################# FP Entry for redirecting ARP Replies to RSM ############# EID 2043: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x04, prio=0x7fb, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 0
PAGE 404
PAGE 405
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 12 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) supports the basic DHCP commands on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 406
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP. Z9000 Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes. packet Enter the keyword packet to display packet transmission/reception.
PAGE 407
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. Z9000 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 408
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. Z9000 Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 409
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. Z9000 Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 410
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. Z9000 Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59.
PAGE 411
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid.
PAGE 412
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool.
PAGE 413
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system.
PAGE 414
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server Display the DHCP server statistics. Z9000 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 415
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection-trust — specifies a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 416
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82.
PAGE 417
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 418
Defaults Command Modes Command History slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 419
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z-Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 420
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Z9000 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 421
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
PAGE 422
remote-id Enter the name of the remote-id, maximum 64 characters. Default Chassis MAC address Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Option 82 is comprised of two sub-options, circuit id and remote id.
PAGE 423
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History binding Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. source-addressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 424
PAGE 425
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 13 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking Z9000 platform. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. Z9000 Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundlemonitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
PAGE 426
Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the portchannel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode. hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel.
PAGE 427
hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unitnumber | port-set port-pipe • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-
PAGE 428
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the nh-ecmp option. Version 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. Version 6.5.1.0 Added the line card option on TeraScale only. Version 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only.
PAGE 429
TeraScale and ExaScale support the range from 0 to 47. The default for ExaScale is 24. Related Commands load-balance (E-Series) — Change the traffic balancing method. hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Z9000 Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command.
PAGE 430
Term heading Description heading but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm. When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. Related Commands load-balance (C-Series and S-Series) hash-algorithm hg To distribute traffic flows across different internal HiGig links, change the hash algorithm.
PAGE 431
Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. Z9000 Syntax Parameters [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number | stack-unit unit number port-set port-pipe hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. stack-unit unit Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 432
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 433
Defaults 16 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam stack-unit – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for an S-Series switch.
PAGE 434
link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Z9000 Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 435
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. Z9000 Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 436
PAGE 437
14 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands on the ZSeries platform. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z-Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 438
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z-Series Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example FTOS #show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled FTOS# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 439
Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode enabled: FTOS #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 aes128-cbc hmac-sha1 10.11.8.13 1 aes128-cbc hmac-sha1 10.1.20.
PAGE 440
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm. With the FIPS mode enabled: -p port-number • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 441
NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.12 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 client -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 442
PAGE 443
Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) 15 Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking Z9000 platform. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status.
PAGE 444
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. FTOS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 445
count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 446
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. Z9000 Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 447
secondary interface control-vlan vlan- id • Port Channel interface: enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 448
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. Z9000 Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
PAGE 449
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Z9000 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command.
PAGE 450
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 451
Example (1) FTOS#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : GigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member Vlans: 1000-1009 FTOS# Example (2 Summary) FTOS#show frrp 2 summary Related Commands
PAGE 452
Defaults • 500 ms for hello-interval milliseconds • 1500 ms for dead-intervalmilliseconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information 452 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 453
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 16 The Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) supports the basic GVRP commands on the Z9000 platform. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 454
GVRP for VLAN updates. But if the local bridge must know only how to reach a given VLAN, then GVRP provides all necessary information. • The VLAN topologies that GVRP learns are treated differently from VLANs that are statically configured. The GVRP dynamic updates are not saved in NVRAM, while static updates are saved in NVRAM. When GVRP is disabled, the system deletes all VLAN interfaces that were learned through GVRP and leaves unchanged all VLANs that were manually configured.
PAGE 455
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9000 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events.
PAGE 456
disable Globally disable GVRP. Z9000 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 457
leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave-all time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 458
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 459
Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed. Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP.
PAGE 460
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Z9000 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 461
Example FTOS#show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 FTOS# Related Commands garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 462
Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
PAGE 463
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Invalid messages/attributes skipped can occur in the following cases: • The incoming GVRP PDU has an incorrect length. • "End of PDU" was reached before the complete attribute could be parsed. • The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length.
PAGE 464
PAGE 465
17 GRUB GRUB commands are supported on the Z9000 platform only. To access this mode, press the ESC key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot... Select Force10 Boot on the screen and press C. You enter the GRUB mode immediately, as indicated by the grub> prompt. NOTE: This chapter describes only a few commands available in GRUB. NOTE: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode. clear Clears the grub screen.
PAGE 466
Example grub>list_env serverip=10.11.200.241 ipaddr=10.11.196.141 netmask=255.255.0.0 gatewayip=10.11.196.254 bootfile=z9000-beta-5 primary_boot=f10boot flash0 secondary_boot=f10boot flash1 default_boot=f10boot flash1 macaddr-00:01:e8:94:3b:5a baudrate=9600 mgmtautoneg=true mgmtspeed100=true mgmtfullduplex=true grubcfg_version=1-0-0-8 gpxe_version=1-0-0-14 serialunit=0 grub_version=1-0-0-25 enablepwdignore=false stconfigignore=false grub> reboot Reboots the unit.
PAGE 467
Parameters Command Modes Command History environment variable Enter the environment variable to be saved. grub Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The environment variables are listed under the list_env command. You must save the environment variables before rebooting. The save_env command must be used for each variable set using the set command. Example grub>save_env primary_boot grub> set Sets the environment variables.
PAGE 468
set default_boot=’f10boot flash0 | flash1 | tftp://ip-addr/file’ Command Modes Command History Usage Information macaddr Set the MAC address of the unit. baudrate Set the baud rate of the console connection. enablepwdignore To reload the system software with or without the Enable Password set. Use the following syntax: set enablepwdignore=true|false stconfigignore To enable/disable applying the startup-confg during bootup. Use the following syntax: set stconfigignmore=true|false grub Version 8.3.
PAGE 469
18 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable .
PAGE 470
Symbol & Type Code Description 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 470 Query parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request .
PAGE 471
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 19 The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z9000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • FTOS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 472
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 473
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature.
PAGE 474
ip igmp group-join-limit To limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second, use this feature. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip igmp group-join-limit number number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a second. The range is from 1 to 10000. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 475
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion.
PAGE 476
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. Z9000 Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 477
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 478
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list.
PAGE 479
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. Z9000 Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 480
Related Commands show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip igmp version {2 | 3} 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 481
detail Command Modes Command History • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 482
225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 Example (VLT) IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.
PAGE 483
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 484
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships.
PAGE 485
If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface, the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality. If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 486
To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 487
Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and SSeries, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing). ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages.
PAGE 488
Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 489
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is notrouted.
PAGE 490
Vlan 2 Gi 13/3, Po 1 FTOS# Related Commands 490 • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 491
20 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z9000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 492
interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 493
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface dampening counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 494
suppressthreshold Enter a number as the suppress threshold, the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to “error disabled”. The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2500. max-suppresstime Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 86400. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 495
description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. Z9000 Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 496
duplex (Management) Set the mode of the Management interface. Z9000 Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the Management interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the Management interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 497
Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 498
tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. Defaults Z9000: rx off tx off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 499
• The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off. The following error is returned: Can’t configure flowcontrol when half duplex is configure, config ignored • Half duplex cannot be configured when the flow control configuration is on (default is rx on tx on). The following error is returned: Can’t configure half duplex when flowcontrol is on, config ignored NOTE: The flow control must be off (rx off tx off) before configuring the half duplex.
PAGE 500
Related Commands off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch.
PAGE 501
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
PAGE 502
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 503
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 504
Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example FTOS(conf)#interface null 0 FTOS(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 505
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 506
NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical, port-channel, and SONET interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured. To configure commands specific to VLAN, port-channel, or SONET, only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range. Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration.
PAGE 507
5 is valid; interface range gigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 508
Related Commands interface range – configures a range of command (bulk configuration) interface range macro name – runs an interface range macro. interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. Z9000 Syntax Parameters interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 509
of-instance{of-id} Enter the keyword of-instance then the OpenFlow instance ID to add the VLAN to the specified OpenFlow instance. The range is from 1 to 8. NOTE: Associate the OpenFlow instance with the VLAN when the VLAN is created. An existing VLAN cannot be associated with an OpenFlow instance. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 510
keepalive On SONET interfaces, send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Z9000 Syntax keepalive [seconds] To stop sending SONET keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Parameters seconds (OPTIONAL) For SONET interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. The range is from 0 to 23767. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 511
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 512
Example (Single Interface) Key Description r Change the [delta] column from change in the number of packets/ bytes in the last interval to rate per second. l Change the view to the next interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the next line card in the chassis. a Change the view to the previous interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the previous line card in the chassis. T Increase the screen refresh rate. t Decrease the screen refresh rate.
PAGE 513
Gi 0/8 Up 61427 1 59960 1 Gi 0/9 Up 62039 53 104239232 3 Gi 0/10 Up 17740044091 372 7373849244 79 Gi 0/11 Up 18182889225 44 7184747584 138 Gi 0/12 Up 18182682056 0 3682 1 Gi 0/13 Up 18182681434 43 6592378911 144 Gi 0/14 Up 61349 55 86281941 15 Gi 0/15 Up 59808 58 62060 27 Gi 0/16 Up 59889 1 61616 1 Gi 0/17 Up 0 0 14950126 81293 Gi 0/18 Up 0 0 0 0 Gi 0/19 Down 0 0 0 0 Gi 0/20 Up 62734 54 62766 18 Gi 0/21 Up 60198 9 200899 9 Gi 0/22 Up 17304741100 3157554 10102508511 1114221 Gi 0/23 Up 17304769659 3139507 713
PAGE 514
When you enter the no mtu command, FTOS reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. • The port channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members.
PAGE 515
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the interface command shown in the following example.
PAGE 516
Related Commands show interfaces switchport — displays the configuration of switchport (Layer 2) interfaces on the switch. switchport — places the interface in a Layer 2 mode. vlan-stack trunk — specifies an interface as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters rate-interval seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds.
PAGE 517
show config Display the interface configuration. Z9000 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 518
Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 519
Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. Version 9.1(0.0) Updated ManagementEthernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. Version 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 520
Line Description Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 521
Line Output Statistics: Description overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions – discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: • Number of packets, bytes, and underruns out of the interface • Packet size and the number of those packets outbound to the interface • Number of Multicast, Broadcast, and Unicast packets: • Example – – Multicasts = number of MAC
PAGE 522
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 523
Example (ManagementEth ernet) FTOS#show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 Example (ManagementEth ernet, two IPv6 addresses) FTOS#show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:0b:a9:4c Current address is 00:01:e8:0b:a9:4c Pluggable media not present Interface index is 503595208 Internet address is 10.11.201.
PAGE 524
of-instance: 2 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy – displays auto-negotiation and link partner information.
PAGE 525
Input Statistics: 10 packets, 10000 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 10 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 1 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded,
PAGE 526
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 527
Version 6.5.4.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces gigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.
PAGE 528
• 10MB Example FTOS#show int gigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegFullDplx: False 1
PAGE 529
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 530
• • • • linecard slotnumber Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 16383. For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 128.
PAGE 531
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership.
PAGE 532
E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example The following describes the show interfaces switchport command for the following example. Items Description Name Displays the interface’s type, slot, and port number. 802.1QTagged Displays whether if the VLAN tagged (“True”), untagged (“False”), or hybrid (“Hybrid”), which supports both untagged and tagged VLANs by port 13/0. Vlan membership Lists the VLANs to which the interface is a member. Starting with FTOS version 7.6.
PAGE 533
Parameters Command Modes Command History gigabitethernet For a 10/100/1000 interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/port information. tengigabitetherne t For a 10G interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. fortyGigE For a 40G interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 534
Line Description RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 535
Line Description If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the tx bias low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present Rx power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA.
PAGE 536
Example Line Description Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above.
PAGE 537
SFP 1 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP 1 Rx Power measurement type = Average =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Alarm threshold = 95.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.
PAGE 538
show inventory (S-Series) — displays the S-Series switch type, components (including media), FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Z9000 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 539
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ecmp-group — configures a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. shutdown Disable an interface.
PAGE 540
Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. interface vlan — creates a VLAN. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000) or to auto or the link may not come up.
PAGE 541
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed. When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting.
PAGE 542
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
PAGE 543
• This set up can be verified using CLI show system brief. If the unit ID is different than 0, it must be renumbered to 0 before ports are split by using the stackunit id renumber 0 command in EXEC mode. The quad port must be in a default configuration before it can be split into 4x10G ports. The 40G port is lost in the config when the port is split, so be sure that the port is also removed from other L2/L3 feature configurations.
PAGE 544
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If an IP address or VRRP group is assigned to the interface, you cannot use the switchport command on the interface.
PAGE 545
all • For SNMP (traps and MIB responses), enter the keywords snmp . • For SSH, enter the keyword ssh . • For Syslog, enter the keyword syslog. • For TACACS, enter the keyword tacacs. • For Telnet, enter the keyword telnet. • For TFTP, enter the keyword tftp. Configure all applications. Defaults None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 546
Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. management egress-interface-selection To make configured application traffic egress through the management port instead of the front-end (FE) port, enable and configure a management egress interface. Z9000 Syntax management egress-interface-selection To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command. Defaults None.
PAGE 547
show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route. Z9000 Syntax show management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2.(0.
PAGE 548
snmp ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : : 0 2 0 0 0 0 Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In FTOS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • For the S-Series, the maximum port channel ID is 128 and the maximum members per port channel is 8.
PAGE 549
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
PAGE 550
Related Commands description — assigns a descriptive text string to the interface. interface port-channel — creates a Port Channel interface. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). Z9000 Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command.
PAGE 551
Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 552
interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Z9000 Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 553
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 554
no ip address shutdown FTOS(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 555
Example Field Description Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. For a port channel interface, it is the line speed of the interfaces in the port channel. Members in this...
PAGE 556
1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 1218120 packets output, 100745130 bytes, 0 underruns Output 5428 Multicasts, 4 Broadcasts, 1212688 Unicasts 1216142 IP Packets, 0 Vlans, 0 MPLS 0 throttles, 0 discarded Rate info (interval 299 sec): Input 01.50Mbits/sec, 2433 packets/sec Output 00.
PAGE 557
show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel number incominginterface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} | {source-port number destination-port number} | {source-mac address destination-mac address {vlan vlanid | ether-type}} outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information.
PAGE 558
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets). The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel if a valid flow is entered.
PAGE 559
• The interface on the far-end device must be shut down before running TDR. • Because TDR is an intrusive test on an interface that is not establishing a link, do not run TDR on an interface that is passing traffic. • When testing between two devices, do not run the test on both ends of the cable. tdr-cable-test Test the condition of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules.
PAGE 560
Parameters interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 561
UDP Broadcast The user datagram protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface. Important Points to Remember • This feature is available only on the Z9000 platform. • Routing information protocol (RIP) is not supported with the UDP Broadcast feature.
PAGE 562
show ip udp-helper — displays the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. ip udp-broadcast-address Configure an IP UDP address for broadcast. Syntax ip udp-broadcast-address address To delete the configuration, use the no ip udp-broadcast-address address command. Parameters address Enter an IP broadcast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 563
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 564
Example FTOS#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------Port UDP port list -------------------------------------------------Gi 10/0 656, 658 Gi 10/1 All Related Commands debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-broadcast-address — configures a UDP IP address for broadcast. ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
PAGE 565
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 21 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 566
ah-authentication espauthentication esp-encryption Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. • sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. • null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 567
crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec. Z9000 Syntax crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 568
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy.
PAGE 569
match match match match match 3 4 5 6 7 tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 1.1.1.1 /32 23 1.1.1.2 /32 0 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 21 1.1.1.1 /32 21 1.1.1.2 /32 0 session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry.
PAGE 570
• The key information entry is associated with the global method for enabling clear text or encrypted display in the running config. show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 571
Example FTOS#show crypto ipsec policy Policy name : West Policy refcount : 1 Sequence Num : 10 SA Mode : IPSEC-MANUAL Transform-Set Name : dallas Peer IP Address : Inbound AH SPI : 0 Inbound ESP Auth SPI : 0 Inbound ESP Encry SPI : 256 Inbound AH Key : [0]:: Inbound ESP Auth Key : [0]:: Inbound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b67 89509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Outbound AH SPI : 0 Outbound ESP Auth SPI : 0 Outbound ESP Encry SPI: 257 Outound AH Key : [0]:
PAGE 572
Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 3 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 FTOS# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. Z9000 Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command.
PAGE 573
22 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) on the Z9000 platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9000 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 574
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Related Commands clear arp-cache — clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table.
PAGE 575
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. Z9000 Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 576
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. Z9000 Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes seconds Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790.
PAGE 577
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear arp-cache [interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 578
Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 579
Parameters unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. The range is from 0 to 7. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 580
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table. show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors.
PAGE 581
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. Z9000 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 582
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Z9000 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 583
00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B: 8C, giaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 584
count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.
PAGE 585
Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 586
Example 586 Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet.
PAGE 587
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the access-group option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
PAGE 588
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 589
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Z9000 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 590
ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Z9000 Syntax p domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 591
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 592
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 593
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through FTOS. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
PAGE 594
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. Z9000 Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed.
PAGE 595
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 596
MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500. The VLAN’s Link MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes. The following describes the difference between Link MTU and IP MTU. Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface.
PAGE 597
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. Related Commands ipv6 name-server — configures an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface.
PAGE 598
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. Z9000 Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] | [permanent] | tag tag-value}} To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command. Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device.
PAGE 599
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.
PAGE 600
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. Z9000 Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 601
load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, FTOS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
PAGE 602
Defaults IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 603
Parameters {ip-selection| ipv6-selection [source-ip | source-ipv6 | source-port-id | source-module-id | dest-ip | destipv6 | dest-port-id | dest-module-id | protocol | vlan | L4-source-port | L4-dest-port ] mac [source-mac | source-port-id | source-module-id | dest-mac | destport-id | destmodule-id | vlan | ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4-overipv4 | ipv4-overgre-ipv4 | mac-inmac]} Defaults To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ipselection then one of the parameters.
PAGE 604
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 605
Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route.
PAGE 606
ip ip-address mask inspection macaddress mac-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x). Enter the keyword inspection with one of the following keywords to view ARP entries: • database — view a list of ARP entries learned using DAI • statistics — view DAI statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword macaddress then a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 607
Usage Information The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)), a feature added for the C-Series and S-Series in FTOS version 7.8.1.0. The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Example Example (Private VLAN) Row Heading Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry. Age(min) Displays the age (in minutes) of the ARP entry.
PAGE 608
Usage Information The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
PAGE 609
show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show hosts • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 610
Field Example Related Commands Description • ok — the entry is valid. • ex — the entry expired. • ?? — the entry is suspect. TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learned entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host.
PAGE 611
vrf instance Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show CAM information as it applies to that VRF instance. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 612
Field Description • RP2 = route processor 2 • Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface • So = SONET interface • Te = 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface Example FTOS#show ip cam linecard 13 port-set 0 Index Destination EC CG V C Next-Hop VId Mac-Addr Port ------ ----------------------------------- ---- ------------3276 6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3277 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3278 4.4.4.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3279 3.3.3.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.
PAGE 613
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FTOS# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1312 3932 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for an S-Series or Z-Series switch. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip cam stack-unit {id} [port-set {pipe-number} | hostname {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmpgroup {detail | member-info [detail [group-index indexnumber]]}| summary] id Enter the stack-unit ID.
PAGE 614
summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • Enter the keyword member-info detail to view detailed ECMP membership and n-hop information. • Enter the keyword group-index then the index number to show ECMP membership per group. The range is from 0 to 1022. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing route prefixes and the total number routes which can be entered in to CAM. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 615
Example FTOS#show ip cam stack-unit 0 port-set 0 10.10.10.10/32 longerprefixes Destination EC CG V C VId Mac-Addr Port ----------------- -- -- - ------ -------------------10.10.10.10 0 0 1 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 3f01 CP FTOS# Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam ecmp-group command shown in the following example. Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0.
PAGE 616
show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip fib linecard slot-number [vrf vrf instance | ipaddress/prefix-list | summary] vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show the FIB cache entries tied to that VRF instance. slot-number Enter the number of the line card slot.
PAGE 617
Example Field Description First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths. FTOS>show ip fib linecard 12 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId Index EC ------------------------------------------------------------------------------3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.
PAGE 618
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 619
Related Commands clear ip fib stack-unit — clear FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface source-ip address destination-ip address Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 620
Usage Information Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show portchannel-flow command.
PAGE 621
Command Modes Command History • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a stack-unit interface, enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 622
Example Lines Description Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables...
PAGE 623
up GigabitEthernet 1/5 up GigabitEthernet 1/6 down down up 10.10.10.1 up unassigned YES Manual NO Manual administratively show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
PAGE 624
172.16.1.0/24 FTOS# 10.1.2.4 Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 625
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip protocols • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 626
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify a name of a device or the IP address of the device to view more detailed information about the route. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify the network mask of the route.
PAGE 627
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 628
Example Field Description Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 629
show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip route list prefix-list prefix-list Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of a configured prefix list. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 630
Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists. show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip route summary • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 631
Example Column Heading Description Total 1388 active... Displays the number of active and non-active routes and the memory usage of those routes. If there are no routes configured in the FTOS, this line does not appear.
PAGE 632
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 F10 Monitoring MIB available for the ip traffic statistics command. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 633
The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. Example • IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 • IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.3 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
PAGE 634
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2.
PAGE 635
Example Field Description 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed.
PAGE 636
0 partially dup packets (0 bytes) 7 out-of-order packets (0 bytes) 0 packets ( 0 bytes) with data after window 0 packets after close 0 window probe packets, 41 window update packets 41 dup ack packets, 0 ack packets with unsend data 10184 ack packets (12439508 bytes) Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets
PAGE 637
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 23 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking Z9000 platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 638
Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. FTOS#show cam-acl-egress -- Chassis Egress Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 1 Ipv4Acl : 1 Ipv6Acl : 2 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 1 Ipv4Acl : 1 Ipv6Acl : 2 FTOS#show cam-acl Related Commands cam-acl — configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 639
L2Acl Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos Current Settings(in block sizes) 5 6 0 1 1 : : : : : -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 6 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 FTOS#show cam-acl Example (Manual Profiles) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 FTOS#show cam-acl Related Commands
PAGE 640
Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 641
permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP. Syntax permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 642
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols.
PAGE 643
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. Z9000 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13.
PAGE 644
FTOS(conf)#cam-acl-egress ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL FTOS(conf)#cam-acl-egress <0-4> Number of FP FTOS(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl entries l2acl 1 ipv4acl blocks for IPV6 l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? 1 ipv6acl ? (multiples of 2) 1 ipv6acl 2 cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 645
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 646
PAGE 647
24 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking Z-Series platform. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
PAGE 648
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 649
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command. Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 650
ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. Z9000 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefixlength} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 651
Example FTOS(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 10/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address ? X:X:X:X::X IPv6 address FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 ? <0-128> Prefix length in bits FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 ? FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 10/0 no ip address ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)# ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on t
PAGE 652
FTOS(conf)#int ten 0/6 FTOS(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second. Z9000 Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-ratelimit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200, where 0 disables the rate-limiting.
PAGE 653
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH, the system defaults to the already configured value. All packets on the same connection are considered part of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero.
PAGE 654
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Z9000 Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 655
Parameters number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address. The range is from 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface. Default 3 attempts Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 656
preferred-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 604800. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime and does not expire. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 657
• For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the port channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 658
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When the interface goes down, FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied.
PAGE 659
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 660
index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 661
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero — Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. show ipv6 fib stack-unit View all FIB entries. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 fib stack-unit unit-number [summary | ipv6-address] slot-number Enter the number of the stack unit. The range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 662
show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. Z9000 Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 663
• Defaults Command Modes Command History For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel. brief (OPTIONAL) View a summary of IPv6 interfaces. configured (OPTIONAL) View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces. gigabitethernet (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 gigabitethernet interface.
PAGE 664
Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 665
Tunnel 45 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 333::1/64 Port-channel 23 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 110::1/64 Vlan 12 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 400::1/64 FTOS# Example (tunnel) [up/up] [up/up] [up/up] FTOS#show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe04:62c4 Global Unicast address(es): 2001:db8::1, subnet is 2001::/64 Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:1 ff02::1:ff04:62c4 MTU is 1500 ICMP redirects ar
PAGE 666
Example Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received.
PAGE 667
Defaults Command Modes Command History list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list. ospf (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes. rip (OPTIONAL for E-Series only) View information for all IPv6 RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) View only routes configured by the ipv6 route command. summary (OPTIONAL) View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 668
Field Example (ESeries) Description • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address. Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric.
PAGE 669
C C L Example (Summary) 2003::/120 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 2004::/32 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 00:29:09 FTOS#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes trust ipv6-diffserv Allows the dynamic classification of IPv6 DSCP. Syntax trust ipv6-diffserv To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command.
PAGE 670
IPv6 Service Class Field Queue ID 110XXXXX 6 101XXXXX 5 100XXXXX 4 011XXXXX 3 010XXXXX 2 001XXXXX 1 000XXXXX 0
PAGE 671
IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) 25 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on Dell Networking platforms. This chapter includes the following sections: • IPv6 BGP Commands • IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless interdomain routing and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
PAGE 672
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. After this command is executed, all subsequent commands apply to this address family. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv6 Unicast (the default) family by entering the exit command and returning to the Router BGP context. aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
PAGE 673
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 674
Usage Information Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Z9000 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best).
PAGE 675
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 676
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Z9000 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 677
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 678
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
PAGE 679
Related Commands bgp confederation identifier – configures a confederation ID. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Z9000 Syntax Parameters bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half, after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45.
PAGE 680
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are position-dependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers.
PAGE 681
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. Z9000 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.
PAGE 682
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 683
bgp graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Z9000 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command.
PAGE 684
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Z9000 Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 685
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to the system choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
PAGE 686
Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9000 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 687
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9000 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 688
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast address families. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router replays and updates are reevaluated.
PAGE 689
Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size – enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer.
PAGE 690
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] to set options within the specified IPv4 address family.
PAGE 691
clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp as-number [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] as-number Enter an autonomous system (AS) number to reset neighbors belonging to that AS.
PAGE 692
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
PAGE 693
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
PAGE 694
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.
PAGE 695
• ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences) • [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 696
ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes. in Reapply only inbound policies. NOTE: If you enter soft, without an in or out option, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. out Reapply only outbound policies. NOTE: If you enter soft, without an in or out option, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 697
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 698
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 699
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views BGP dampened routes. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 700
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths — views BGP dampened routes. debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 701
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 702
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address]] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefixlist-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address]] updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 703
default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9000 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 704
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 705
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
PAGE 706
Usage Information If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 707
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisementinterval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 708
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 709
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 710
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 711
Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map – assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected.
PAGE 712
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fallover command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 713
To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes.
PAGE 714
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached.
PAGE 715
clear-pass Enter the clear text password. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 716
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group. Z9000 Syntax neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ipv6-address peergroup peer-group-name command.
PAGE 717
• neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client • neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
PAGE 718
Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group; that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but does respond to one.
PAGE 719
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
PAGE 720
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 721
To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes.
PAGE 722
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 723
Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 724
Usage Information Related Commands Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command to confirm its status. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary – displays the current BGP configuration.
PAGE 725
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors — displays IPv6 routing information BGP neighbors exchange. neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. Z9000 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
PAGE 726
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. the range is from 1 to 65535. the default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 727
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 728
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0.
PAGE 729
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 730
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 731
If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 732
• route-map mapname internal (default) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 733
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 734
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor.
PAGE 735
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
PAGE 736
longer-prefixes Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 737
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. Z9000 Syntax Paramters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [localas] [no-export] [no-advertise] communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 738
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. Z9000 Syntax Paramters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 739
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. Z9000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 740
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 741
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 742
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 743
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors.
PAGE 744
Lines Beginning With Description and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise, the link is external. 744 BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID. BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
PAGE 745
Example Lines Beginning With Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
PAGE 746
Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS'
PAGE 747
Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 748
Example FTOS# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
PAGE 749
9000::5:2 9000::6:2 9000::7:2 9000::8:2 9000::9:2 9000::a:2 FTOS# 9000::5:2, 9000::6:2, 9000::7:2, 9000::8:2, 9000::9:2, 9000::a:2, Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 2 2 2 2 6000 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:16 00:23:22 show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database.
PAGE 750
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths as-path • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 751
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique extended community information in the BGP database. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 752
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 753
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 754
Usage Information After this command is executed, all subsequent commands apply to this address family. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv6 Unicast (the default) family by entering the exit command and returning to the Router BGP context. aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
PAGE 755
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate if routes within the aggregate are constantly changing as the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
PAGE 756
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers.
PAGE 757
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, next enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 758
• ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences). • [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 759
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates. Z9000 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command. Parameters peer-group peer- group-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer-group. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
PAGE 760
updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 761
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
PAGE 762
Usage Information By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. Related Command address family – changes the context to SAFI. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
PAGE 763
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} default-originate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 764
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 765
in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810.
PAGE 766
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 767
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z9000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 768
map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 769
Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 770
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 771
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 772
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 773
Command Modes Command History local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers.
PAGE 774
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 775
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 776
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 777
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
PAGE 778
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 779
Lines Beginning With Description and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise, the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID. BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
PAGE 780
Example Lines Beginning With Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
PAGE 781
Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS'
PAGE 782
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) – creates a peer group. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 783
Field Description Dampening enabled Displayed only when dampening is enabled. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor.
PAGE 784
PAGE 785
26 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the Z9000 platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 786
Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa). Z9000 Syntax advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1} prefixlist-name To return to the default, use the no advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2into-level1}[prefix-list-name] command.
PAGE 787
area-password Configure a hash message authentication code (HMAC) password for an area. Z9000 Syntax area-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no area-password command. Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
PAGE 788
clear config Clear IS-IS configurations that display under the router isis heading of the show running-config command output. Z9000 Syntax clear config Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 789
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping.
PAGE 790
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Z9000 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 791
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 792
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. Z9000 Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis snp-packets [interface] command.
PAGE 793
debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. Z9000 Syntax debug isis spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis spf-triggers command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 794
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 795
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
PAGE 796
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Z9000 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 797
To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 798
distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf process-id | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 799
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. Z9000 Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults Command Modes Command History none • • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 800
Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 801
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not.
PAGE 802
graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 803
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. Z9000 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command.
PAGE 804
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Z9000 Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 805
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. Z9000 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-topoint] command. Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs.
PAGE 806
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To build name-to-systemID mapping tables through the protocol, use this command.
PAGE 807
ip router isis Configure IS-IS routing processes on an interface and attach an area tag name to the routing process. Z9000 Syntax ip router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS on an interface, use the no ip router isis [tag] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) The tag you specify identifies a specific area routing process. If you do not specify a tag, a null tag is assigned. Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 808
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 809
Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 810
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. The default values of this command are typically satisfactory transmission times for a specific interface on a designated intermediate system. To maintain database synchronization, the designated routers send CSNPs. You can configure Level 1 and Level 2 CSNP intervals independently. isis hello-interval Specify the length of time between hello packets sent.
PAGE 811
Related Commands isis hello-multiplier — specifies the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency as down. isis hello-multiplier Specify the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency down. Z9000 Syntax isis hello-multiplier multiplier [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-multiplier [multiplier] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 812
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. Z9000 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 813
Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 814
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface.
PAGE 815
password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2. The router acts as an area router for Level 2 routing. Defaults No default password. level-1 (if not otherwise specified).
PAGE 816
Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 817
Version 8.3.11.1 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000. The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning. If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1.
PAGE 818
Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_interv al seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation.
PAGE 819
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Z9000 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 128 to 1497 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 820
Defaults 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement.
PAGE 821
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies. The value must be same among all the routers to form Level 1 adjacencies. max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed.
PAGE 822
maximum-paths Allows you to configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. Z9000 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4.
PAGE 823
wide Allows you to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 16777215. level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 824
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Z9000 Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command.
PAGE 825
To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 826
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute active routes into ISIS. rip Enter the keyword rip to redistribute RIP routes into IS-IS. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute user-configured routes into IS-IS. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
PAGE 827
Usage Information To redistribute a default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Changing or disabling a keyword in this command does not affect the state of the other command keywords. When an LSP with an internal metric is received, the FTOS considers the route cost while considering the advertised cost to reach the destination.
PAGE 828
metric-type {external| internal} route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported.
PAGE 829
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metrictype {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 830
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 831
Version 8.3.11.1 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 832
table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered. show config Display the changes you made to the IS-IS configuration. Default values are not shown. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 833
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show isis database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [lspid] level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified.
PAGE 834
Field Description The last octet is the LSP number. An LSP is divided into multiple LSP fragments if there is more data than cannot fit in a single LSP. Each fragment has a unique LSP number. An * after the LSPID indicates that the system originates an LSP where this command was issued. Example LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source.
PAGE 835
Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.
PAGE 836
====================== Graceful Restart : Enabled T3 Timer : Manual T3 Timeout Value : 30 T2 Timeout Value : 30 (level-1), 30 (level-2) T1 Timeout Value : 5, retry count: 1 Adjacency wait time : 30 Operational Timer Value ====================== Current Mode/State : T3 Time left : T2 Time left : Restart ACK rcv count : Restart Req rcv count : Suppress Adj rcv count : Restart CSNP rcv count : Database Sync count : FTOS# Normal/RUNNING 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1),
PAGE 837
show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show isis interface [interface] interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 838
Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-- show isis neighbors Display information about neighboring (adjacent) routers.
PAGE 839
Usage Information Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command. The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following example. Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area. Interface The interface, slot, and port in which the router was discovered.
PAGE 840
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled.
PAGE 841
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 842
Example FTOS#sho IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: FTOS# is traffic Level-1 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/721 Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 900/943 PTP Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-1 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 1/3 Level-1 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) : 5934/5217 Level-1 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 472/238 Level-1 LSPs
PAGE 843
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 844
PAGE 845
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) 27 This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS). The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by FTOS on the Z9000 platform. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 846
debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Z9000 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interfacetype [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information. pdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pdu to debug the LACP Protocol Data Unit information.
PAGE 847
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Z9000 Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 848
To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 849
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. Z-Series Syntax Parameters port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information.
PAGE 850
Mode Function passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state. Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states. Ports in a passive state respond to LACP packets off An interface cannot be part of a dynamic port channel in off mode. LACP does not run on a port configured in off mode. port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port.
PAGE 851
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 852
FTOS# Example (Counter) FTOS#show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Gi 10/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 FTOS# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. 852 show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 853
28 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The VLAN commands are supported on all the Z9000 platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 854
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 855
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs.
PAGE 856
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for output range parameter for S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 857
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. For information about the specific trap sent and the corresponding Syslog, refer to the SNMP Traps chapter. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change.
PAGE 858
Defaults vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. • On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age.
PAGE 859
When a channel member is added to a port-channel and there is not enough ACL CAM space, the MAC limit functionality on that port-channel is undefined. When this occurs, un-configure the existing configuration first and then reapply the limit with a lower value. Related Commands clear counters — Clear counters used in the show interface command. clear mac-address-table dynamic — clears the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 860
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. Z-Series Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 861
shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoriginal Enter the keywords shutdown-original to shut down the original interface and generate a syslog message. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 862
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (count) Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Syntax Parameters show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe count [vlan vlanid] [interface interface] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
PAGE 863
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Syntax Parameters show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe [address mac_addr | dynamic | interface interface | static | vlan vlan-id] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
PAGE 864
Example Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 865
also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: interface interface interface-type Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 866
Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: State Example Usage Information 866 • gi — Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port.
PAGE 867
Column Heading Description • State te — 10–Gigabit Ethernet followed by a slot/port. Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning With Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses.
PAGE 868
Example Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 FTOS# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only).
PAGE 869
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. MAC Accounting information can be accessed using SNMP via the Force10 Monitor MIB. For more information about enabling SNMP, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Currently, the Force10 MONITOR MIB does not return the MAC addresses in an increasing order using SNMP. As a workaround, you can use the -C c option in snmpwalk or snmpbulkwalk to access the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For example: % snmpwalk -C c -v 2c -c public 133.33.33.
PAGE 870
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series.
PAGE 871
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 872
Usage Information The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the running-configuration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the runningconfiguration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. Z9000 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 873
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 874
Usage Information Version 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and S-Series and revised the output to include the Description field to display a userentered VLAN description. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 875
Column Heading Example Description • Po = port channel • Gi = gigabit Ethernet • Te = ten-gigabit Ethernet FTOS#show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C Community, I - Isolated Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged, O - Openflow x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Gi 13/0) T P
PAGE 876
FTOS#show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 FTOS# Status Description Q Ports Active U Gi 13/47 Example (Brief) FTOS#show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
PAGE 877
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 878
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 879
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 880
debug fefd Enable debugging of FEFD. Z9000 Syntax debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] To disable debugging of FEFD, use the no debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] command. Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received.
PAGE 881
fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode. Z9000 Syntax Parameters fefd {disable|interval|mode {aggressive|normal} disable Enter the keyword disable to disable FEFD for the specified interface. interval Enter the keyword interval, followed by a value to specify the FEFD interval in seconds. Range is from 3 to 300. Default is 15. mode Enter the keyword mode followed by the mode type to specify the FEFD mode.
PAGE 882
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. Z9000 Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd disable command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 883
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Z9000 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command.
PAGE 884
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Z9000 Syntax fefd reset [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 885
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 886
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global interval — configures an interval between FEFD control packets.
PAGE 887
Usage Information Example The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets. State Displays the state of the interface and can be one of the following: bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes).
PAGE 888
PAGE 889
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 29 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 890
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 891
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). Z9000 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | systemcapabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
PAGE 892
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. Z9000 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | systemcapabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
PAGE 893
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 894
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. Z9000 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all} {events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 895
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Z9000 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable.
PAGE 896
Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 897
Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 898
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Z9000 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 899
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol. When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations.
PAGE 900
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
PAGE 901
show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. Z9000 Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration.
PAGE 902
LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. FTOS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and SSeries support all commands. The E-Series generally supports the commands. However, LLDP-MED commands are more useful on the C-Series and the S50V model of the S-Series, because they support Power over Ethernet (PoE) devices.
PAGE 903
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 904
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system.
PAGE 905
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. Z9000 Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 906
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 907
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 908
Version 7.6.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
PAGE 909
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. Z9000 Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 910
To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 911
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 30 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) supports MSDP commands on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 912
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9000 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 913
rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache.
PAGE 914
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
PAGE 915
ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. Z9000 Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer.
PAGE 916
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer.
PAGE 917
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Z9000 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 918
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Z9000 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connectsource interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 919
Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used. If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages continue to be accepted.
PAGE 920
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. Z9000 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
PAGE 921
Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 922
Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Z9000 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 923
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced FTOS#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 924
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example 924 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 925
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) 31 Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system (FTOS), conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking Z9000 platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 926
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 927
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9000 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 928
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 929
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9000 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command.
PAGE 930
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. Z9000 Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 931
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Z9000 Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 932
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.
PAGE 933
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. name — assigns the region name to the MST region.
PAGE 934
max-hops 5 FTOS(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree mst configuration • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 935
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 936
Designated port id is 128.82, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 1109, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 88 (GigabitEthernet 2/6) is root Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.88 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 937
on Gi 0/0 Port 257 (GigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 938
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface.
PAGE 939
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard.
PAGE 940
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 941
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) on all Z9000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 942
E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute. Z9000 Syntax ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the ip mroute destination mask {ipaddress | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] command.
PAGE 943
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip mroute — views the E-Series routing table.
PAGE 944
Related Commands show ip igmp groups — shows the IGMP groups. ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. Z9000 Syntax ip multicast-routing To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 945
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets. snooping [vlan vlan-id] [groupaddress [sourceaddress]] Enter the keyword snooping to display information on the multicast routes PIM-SM snooping discovers. Enter a VLAN ID to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes PIM-SM snooping discovers on a specified VLAN. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 946
Example (Snooping) FTOS#show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.0), uptime 17:46:23 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.
PAGE 947
Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/13 (1.13.1.100, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:04:03 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/4 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/12 GigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/4 show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. Z9000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip rpf • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 948
IPv6 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv6 multicast commands. debug ipv6 mld_host Enable the collection of debug information for MLD host transactions. Z9000 Syntax [no] debug ipv6 mld_host [int-count | interface type] [slot/ port-range] To discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions, use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command. Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages.
PAGE 949
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 2000. Defaults The S-Series default is 400. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 950
PAGE 951
33 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on Z9000 Dell Networking platform. Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the Z9000 platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
PAGE 952
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 953
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
PAGE 954
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas.
PAGE 955
Related Commands router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. Z9000 Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967.
PAGE 956
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 957
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 958
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 959
Example Field Description keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 960
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 961
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 962
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf asbr — displays the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. Z9000 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask accesslist-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 963
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. Z9000 Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 964
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. Z9000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 965
distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. Z-Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed.
PAGE 966
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. enable inverse-mask By default, FTOS allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask.
PAGE 967
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms.
PAGE 968
By default, FTOS implements an enhanced flooding procedure that dynamically and intelligently determines when to optimize flooding. Whenever possible, the OSPF task attempts to reduce flooding overhead by selectively flooding on a subset of the interfaces between two routers. When you enable flood-2328, this command configures FTOS to flood LSAs on all interfaces.
PAGE 969
Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 970
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Z9000 Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command.
PAGE 971
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. Z9000 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 972
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 973
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. Z9000 Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 974
Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.
PAGE 975
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 976
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. Z9000 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 977
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 978
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. For example, the interval must be larger for interfaces connected to virtual links. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. Z9000 Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command.
PAGE 979
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 980
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. Z9000 Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 981
NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 982
• For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 983
• All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed.
PAGE 984
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 985
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.3 Added Route Map for BGP Redistribution to OSPF. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 986
• 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 987
Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
PAGE 988
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF.
PAGE 989
show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf name] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf name E-Series Only: Show only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 990
Line Beginning with Description “Convergence Level” “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. Example FTOS#show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1.1.1.
PAGE 991
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. To isolate problems with external routes, use this command. In OSPF, external routes are calculated by adding the LSA cost to the cost of reaching the ASBR router.
PAGE 992
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID.
PAGE 993
Related Commands show ip ospf database asbr-summary — displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 994
Example Field Description Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type.
PAGE 995
show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 996
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 997
Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 FTOS# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
PAGE 998
Usage Information Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 999
Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 FTOS# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information.
PAGE 1000
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1001
Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs.
PAGE 1002
show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1003
show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1004
show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database router [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1005
Example Item Description Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type.
PAGE 1006
TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.
PAGE 1007
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1008
Example FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1009
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For tunnel interfaces, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 0 to 16383. • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1010
Example Item Description Backup Designated... This line displays the ID of the Backup Designated Router and its interface address. Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors.
PAGE 1011
show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1012
20.20.20.1 FTOS# 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Gi 0/1 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1013
172.30.1.0 FTOS# 2 13.0.0.3 Gi 0/47 1 Intra-Area show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1014
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/ transmits.
PAGE 1015
Example Error Type Description Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure.
PAGE 1016
Example (Statistics) • The hello-timer remaining value for each interface • The wait-timer remaining value for each interface • The grace-timer remaining value for each interface • The packet count received and transmitted for each neighbor • Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor • Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor • The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor • The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor FTOS#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interfa
PAGE 1017
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. FTOS#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 FTOS# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1018
Example FTOS#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 FTOS# Flags Cost E/B/-/ 1 E/-/-/ 1 Nexthop 20.0.0.3 10.0.0.1 Interface Area Gi 13/1 0 Gi 7/1 1 summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Z9000 Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1019
don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summaryaddress 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range — summarizes routes within an area. timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Z9000 Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command.
PAGE 1020
timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. Z9000 Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | maxinterval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters Defaults start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA.
PAGE 1021
Parameters arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1022
key-encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1023
Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported.
PAGE 1024
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. When you configure encryption for an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you enable both IPsec encryption and authentication.
PAGE 1025
debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets. Z9000 Syntax Parameters [no] debug ipv6 ospf bfd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1026
00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Interface mode BFD configuration on Te 0/2!! 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Ospf3_register_bfd ospf key 27648 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Interface Te 0/2 IfIndex 34145282 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00
PAGE 1027
Example Command Fields Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. FTOS#debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05:21:01 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Po 255 05:21:03 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.
PAGE 1028
default-information originate Configure the FTOS to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain. Z-Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised.
PAGE 1029
Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process. The range is from 40 to 1800 seconds. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions in a helper-only role. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1030
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts. The default is support for both planned and unplanned restarts.
PAGE 1031
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Z-Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1032
Related Commands area authentication – configures an IPsec authentication policy for an OSPFv3 area. show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication policies. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in authentication policies. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 1033
Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. To disable BFD on a specific interface while you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode, use the keyword disable.
PAGE 1034
ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down. Z-Series Syntax ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet).
PAGE 1035
For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AES-CBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192.
PAGE 1036
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in encryption policies. ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Z-Series Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helperreject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured.
PAGE 1037
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1038
ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration. Z-Series Syntax ipv6 router ospf process-id To exit OSPF for IPv6, use the no ipv6 router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1039
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Z-Series Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1040
redistribute Redistribute into OSPFv3. Z-Series Syntax redistribute {bgp as number}{connected | static}[metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tagvalue] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters bgp as number Enter the keyword bgp then the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces.
PAGE 1041
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate – configures default external route into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1042
show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Z-Series Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec policy [namename] name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1043
bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97 eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97 eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8 a Outbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8 a Transform set : esp-128-aes esp-sha1-hmac show crypto ipsec policy Command Fields Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an
PAGE 1044
• For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter fortyGigE slot/port. • For a VLAN interface, enter vlan vlan-id. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1045
outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the
PAGE 1046
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series.
PAGE 1047
Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID ID Interface 63.114.8.
PAGE 1048
Command History Usage Information Example Version 9.2.(0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. Version 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning.
PAGE 1049
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show ipv6 ospf neighbor gi 9/0 Neighbor ID Interface 63.114.8.
PAGE 1050
PAGE 1051
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 34 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z-Series platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1052
Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1053
register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1054
Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out. To clean the candidate RP advertisements, use the clear ip pim rp-mapping command. ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router. Z9000 Syntax ip pim bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-candidate command.
PAGE 1055
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. Z9000 Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1056
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1057
FTOS(conf)#int gig 1/1 FTOS(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. Z9000 Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters.
PAGE 1058
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1059
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. Z9000 Syntax ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} override To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {groupaddress group-address mask} override command. Parameters address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1060
ip pim rp-candidate To send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR, configure a PIM router. Z9000 Syntax ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority] command.
PAGE 1061
ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. Z9000 Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1062
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1063
no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router. Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1064
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1065
Example Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface.
PAGE 1066
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found.
PAGE 1067
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example FTOS#sh ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.
PAGE 1068
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (#2) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1069
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example.
PAGE 1070
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 1071
Field Description • Example K=acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
PAGE 1072
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on ESeries ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1073
Neighbor table RP Mapping : 528 bytes : 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). Z9000 Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1074
Field Example Description • P = route was pruned • R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP • F = FTOS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1075
Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 8/0 show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. Z9000 Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1076
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM events. group group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group then the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group.
PAGE 1077
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length for RP selection. The range is from 0 to 128. The default is 126. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority value for Bootstrap election process. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0. Defaults Refer to Parameters.
PAGE 1078
Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router. ipv6 pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group.
PAGE 1079
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
PAGE 1080
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 1081
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered.
PAGE 1082
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1083
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced PIM leaf routers join the shortest path tree immediately after the first packet arrives from a new source. show ipv6 pim bsr-router View information on the bootstrap router (v2). Syntax Command Modes Command History show ipv6 pim bsr-router • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1084
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1085
165:87:50::6 FTOS# show ipv6 pim rp View all IPv6 multicast groups-to-rendezvous point (RP) mappings. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1086
show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1087
GigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: GigabitEthernet 10/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::1, ff0e::226:1:2:1), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: GigabitEthernet 10/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 10/11 FTOS# 1087
PAGE 1088
PAGE 1089
35 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The commands in this chapter are supported on the Z9000 platform. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports only. Logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs), are not supported.
PAGE 1090
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1091
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitor command is saved in the running configuration at Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example FTOS(conf)# monitor session 60 FTOS(conf-mon-sess-60) Related Command show monitor session — displays the monitor session.
PAGE 1092
show monitor session Display the monitor information of a particular session or all sessions. Z9000 Syntax show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1093
show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. Z9000 Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show runningconfig monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1094
Related Commands monitor session — creates a session for monitoring. show monitor session — displays a monitor session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. Z9000 Syntax source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command.
PAGE 1095
Example Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1096
PAGE 1097
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 36 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) is supported on the Z9000 platforms. Private VLANs extend the FTOS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The FTOS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
PAGE 1098
• • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs. – A trunk port can also belong to a regular VLAN (non-private VLAN).
PAGE 1099
private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. Z9000 Syntax [no] private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} To remove the PVLAN configuration, use the no private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} command syntax. Parameters community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN.
PAGE 1100
show vlan private-vlan mapping — displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. Z9000 Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax.
PAGE 1101
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. Z9000 Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as an promiscuous interface.
PAGE 1102
show vlan private-vlan mapping — displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping.
PAGE 1103
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 37 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. FTOS supports PVST+ on the Z9000 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Z9000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1104
disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9000 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1105
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. FTOS(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1106
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1107
guard Defaults none Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1108
128.426 Gi 1/1 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.427 Gi 1/16 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.146 Gi 1/17 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.147 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Gi 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Gi 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Gi 1/17 Desg 128.
PAGE 1109
BPDU sent 1579, received 0 The port is in the Edge port mode Example (EDS/ LBK) FTOS#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface gigabitethernet 1/0 GigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is LBK_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 128.
PAGE 1110
Parameters edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a PVST+ edge port. bpduguard Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled.
PAGE 1111
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the ESeries TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced.
PAGE 1112
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Z9000 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1113
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1114
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before FTOS transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1115
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs.
PAGE 1116
show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. Z-Series Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1117
Quality of Service (QoS) 38 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are supported on the Z-Series platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1118
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Z9000 Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1p-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1119
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1p-priority command to individual interfaces in a port channel.
PAGE 1120
Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate limit and rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate limit and rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. C-Series and S-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS.
PAGE 1121
Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On 40-port 10G linecards, if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Do not use values in this range for 10G interfaces. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy.
PAGE 1122
Parameters Defaults dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 3. For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • CoS Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1123
dot1p Queue ID 6 3 7 3 Command Modes Command History • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1124
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1125
Version 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. A bandwidth percentage of 0 is allowed and disables the scheduling of that class. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%.
PAGE 1126
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. Usage Information Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria and configured using this command to determine if the packet belongs to that class. This command accesses CLASS-MAP mode, where the configuration commands include thematch ip and match mac options.
PAGE 1127
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. Z9000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1128
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). Z9000 Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies.
PAGE 1129
match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point (DSCP) value as a match criteria. Z9000 Syntax match ip dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria, use the no match ip dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1130
Up to 64 IP DSCP values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate IP DCSP values 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7, enter either the match ip dscp 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or match ip dscp 0-7 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP DSCP values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP DSCP values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria.
PAGE 1131
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip precedence command and the match ip dscp command are mutually exclusive. Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement.
PAGE 1132
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. Z9000 Syntax Parameters match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1133
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
PAGE 1134
1. If only aggregate input QoS policy exists, input traffic conditioning configurations (ratepolice) apply. Any marking configurations in aggregate input QoS policy are ignored. 2. If aggregate input QoS policy and per class input QoS policy coexist, aggregate input QoS policy preempts per class input QoS policy on input traffic conditioning (rate-police). In other words, if rate police configuration exists in the aggregate QoS policy, the rate police configurations in per class QoS are ignored.
PAGE 1135
Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. policy-map-output Create an output policy map. Z9000 Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command.
PAGE 1136
qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. Z9000 Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1137
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. Z9000 Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qospolicy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1138
queue egress Assign a WRED Curve to all eight egress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue. Syntax queue egress multicast linecard {slot number port-set number | all} [wred-profile name | multicast-bandwidth percentage] To return to the default, use the no queue egress multicast linecard {slot number port-set number | all} [wred-profile name | multicastbandwidth percentage] command.
PAGE 1139
Related Commands • If the percentage of multicast bandwidth is 0, control traffic going through multicast queues are dropped. • The no form of the command without multicast-bandwidth and wredprofile, removes both the wred-profile and multicast-bandwidth configuration. • On 10-Gigabit ports only, the multicast bandwidth option works only if the total unicast bandwidth is more than the multicast bandwidth.
PAGE 1140
Version 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED Curve is applied to all eight ingress Multicast queues. NOTE: The multicast-bandwidth option is not supported on queue ingress. If you attempt to use the multicast-bandwidth option, the following reject error message is generated: % Error:Bandwidth-percent is not allowed for ingress multicast.
PAGE 1141
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value. Related Commands rate police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS output policy. rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy.
PAGE 1142
Usage Information rate-shape can be applied only as an aggregate policy. If it is applied as a class-based policy, rate-shape does not take effect. On 40-port 10G linecards, if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000Kbs, for some values the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Do not use values in this range for 10G interfaces. Related Commands rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy.
PAGE 1143
NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The service-policy input policy-map-name command and the serviceclass dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface. However, the service-policy input command (without the policy-map-name option) and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are allowed on an interface. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1144
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. Z-Series Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [classmap class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 3 (four queues per interface; four queues are reserved for control traffic).
PAGE 1145
set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. Z9000 Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. mac-dot1p value Enter the keywords mac-dot1p then the dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. The allowed values are: 0, 2, 4, 6. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1146
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1147
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail [interface]} summary interface detail interface Defaults Command Modes Command History To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1148
Example (IPv4) FTOS#show qos policy-map detail gigabitethernet 0/0 Interface GigabitEthernet 4/1 Policy-map-input policy Trust diffserv Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 - q0 1 CM1q1 2 CM2q2 3 CM3q3 4 CM4q4 5 CM5q5 6 CM6q6 7 CM7q7 FTOS# Example (IPv6) FTOS# show qos policy-map detail gigabitethernet 0/0 Interface GigabitEthernet 8/29 Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 FTOS# Example (Summary I
PAGE 1149
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1150
Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1151
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 FTOS# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details.
PAGE 1152
Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show qos statistics {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] wred-profile interface interface Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keywords wred-profile and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1153
Usage Information You can use the show qos statistics command on the C-Series, but the keyword wred-profile must be omitted in the syntax. The show qos statistics output command differs from the ED and EE series line cards and the EF series line cards. The QoS statistics for the EF series generates two extra columns, Queued Pkts and Dropped Pkts (Example 2). NOTE: The show qos statistics command displays Matched Packets and Matched Bytes.
PAGE 1154
Field (ED and EE) Description NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field.
PAGE 1155
Field (EF) Description NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. Matched Bytes The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field. Dropped Pkts The total of the number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile.
PAGE 1156
show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1157
port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the line card’s port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1. linecard all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords linecard all to indicate all line cards. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1158
Field Description NOTE: The CAM entries for the default rule are not included in this column; a CAM entry for the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface. Status (Allowed ports) Indicates if the input policy map configuration on an interface belonging to a linecard/port-pipe is successful — Allowed (n) — or not successful — Exception. The allowed number (n) indicates the number of ports in that port-pipe on which the Policy Map can be applied successfully.
PAGE 1159
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1160
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1161
wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic. Z-Series Syntax wred {yellow | green} profile-name To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [profile-name] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx110 and xxx100 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx010 maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum).
PAGE 1162
wred-ecn To indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, use explicit congestion notification (ECN). Z-Series Syntax wred-ecn To stop marking packets, use the no wred-ecn command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1163
Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values.
PAGE 1164
PAGE 1165
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 39 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the Z9000 platform. The FTOS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1166
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the FTOS routing table. Z9000 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 1167
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes. trigger (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trigger to debug only RIP trigger extensions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1168
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1169
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol.
PAGE 1170
distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. Z9000 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 1171
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. Z9000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1172
distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. Z9000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1173
Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. Z9000 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1174
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1175
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1176
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9000 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1177
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1178
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address the network command specifies. offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP.
PAGE 1179
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface.
PAGE 1180
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9000 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1181
Usage Information Related Commands Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. Z9000 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command.
PAGE 1182
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. Z9000 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1183
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1184
router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Z9000 Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 1185
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 FTOS(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns.
PAGE 1186
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes.
PAGE 1187
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 1188
Defaults • update = 30 seconds • invalid = 180 seconds • holddown = 180 seconds • flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1189
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1190
PAGE 1191
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 40 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the Z9000 platform. FTOS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1192
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1193
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. Z9000 Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1194
rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. Z9000 Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table.
PAGE 1195
Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535. The number value must be unique in the RMON event table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON log entry. The log entry is triggered and sets the eventType in the RMON MIB to log or log-and-trap. The default is No log. trap community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trap then an SNMP community string to configure the eventType setting in the RMON MIB. This keyword sets either snmp-trap or log-and-trap.
PAGE 1196
variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 The object type must be a 64-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly.
PAGE 1197
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. Z9000 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.
PAGE 1198
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1199
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1200
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 FTOS# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON HighCapacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1201
falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK FTOS# Example (Brief) FTOS#show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 FTOS# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table.
PAGE 1202
bucket granted: 1 sampling interval: 5 sec owner: 1 status: OK FTOS# Example (Brief) FTOS#show rmon history brief index ifIndex interface --------------------------------------6001 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2/0 6003 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3/0 9002 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3/0 9003 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3/1 FTOS# show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON l
PAGE 1203
Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry. Example (Index) FTOS#show rmon log 2 RMON log entry, alarm table index 2, log index 1 log time: 14638 (THU AUG 12 22:10:40 2004) description: 2 FTOS# Example (Brief) FTOS#show rmon log br eventIndex description -----------------------------2 2 4 4 FTOS# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table.
PAGE 1204
bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes packets overflow: 0 HC
PAGE 1205
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 41 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. FTOS supports RSTP on the Z9000 platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
PAGE 1206
debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Z9000 Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
PAGE 1207
Version 6.2.1.1 Example Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. Z9000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1208
Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1209
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9000 Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1210
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Z9000 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1211
protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. Z9000 Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1212
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(conf-rstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration.
PAGE 1213
Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Example (Brief) The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut).
PAGE 1214
Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 We are the root Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Number of topology changes 1, last change occurred 00:00:31 ago on Gi 0/0 Port 257 (GigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1215
edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port. bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled.
PAGE 1216
If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. You cannot enable STP root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message displays: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard.
PAGE 1217
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. By default, FTOS implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP. This implementation helps in flushing MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often), allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, you can turn on this knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1218
PAGE 1219
Software-Defined Networking (SDN) 42 Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports Software-Defined Networking (SDN). For more information, refer to the SDN Deployment Guide.
PAGE 1220
PAGE 1221
43 Security Most of the commands in this chapter are available on the Z9000 platform. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS). The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1222
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands level Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level. name | default Enter one of the following: • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used.
PAGE 1223
Example FTOS(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ FTOS(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs + FTOS(config)# Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL.
PAGE 1224
Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands level Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1225
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1226
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1227
Version 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. Z9000 Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1228
none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1229
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1230
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Z9000 Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
PAGE 1231
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, FTOS uses the methods defined for Enable access instead.
PAGE 1232
• ... method4 tacacs+: use the TACACS+ servers configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) Enter up to four additional methods. In the event of a “no response” from the first method, FTOS applies the next configured method (up to four configured methods). Defaults Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1233
access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Z9000 Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1234
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15.
PAGE 1235
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. Z9000 Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1236
Parameters level level encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1237
login authentication To designate the terminal lines, apply an authentication method list. Z9000 Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command. Parameters method-list-name Enter the keywords method-list-name to specify that method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, to be applied to the designated terminal line.
PAGE 1238
Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured.
PAGE 1239
To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command. Parameters min-length number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords min-length then the number of characters. The range is from 0 to 32 characters. max-retry number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-retry then the number of maximum password retries. The range is from 0 to 16.
PAGE 1240
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.
PAGE 1241
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#show privilege Current privilege level is 15 FTOS# Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch. Z9000 Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch.
PAGE 1242
Example Related Commands FTOS#show user Line User 0 console 0 admin * 3 vty 1 admin FTOS# Host(s) Location idle idle 172.31.1.4 username — enables a user. timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. Z9000 Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out.
PAGE 1243
username Establish an authentication system based on user names. Z9000 Syntax username name [access-class access-list-name] [nopassword | {password | secret} [encryption-type] password] [privilege level] If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters.
PAGE 1244
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command.
PAGE 1245
pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Z9000 Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1246
pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Z9000 Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 1247
auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default portnumber is 1812. retransmit retries (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword retransmit then a number as the number of attempts. This parameter overwrites the radiusserver retransmit command. The range is from zero (0) to 100. The default is 3 attempts.
PAGE 1248
commands. To return to the global default values, if you configure the timeout, retransmit, or key values, include those keywords when using the no radiusserver host command syntax. Related Commands login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information.
PAGE 1249
Usage Information The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host.
PAGE 1250
radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Z9000 Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the FTOS times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1251
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1252
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host.
PAGE 1253
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times.
PAGE 1254
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port.
PAGE 1255
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Z9000 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1256
Related Commands dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enables dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Z9000 Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlanid [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1257
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9000 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1258
Usage Information 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable. Therefore, a guest VLAN is allocated to the interface and authentication for the device occurs at the next re-authentication interval (dot1x reauthentication).
PAGE 1259
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Z9000 Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1260
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1261
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Z9000 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 1262
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out.
PAGE 1263
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1264
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1265
ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: FTOS# 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands FTOS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server.
PAGE 1266
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated.
PAGE 1267
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer.
PAGE 1268
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1269
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server.
PAGE 1270
NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure host-based authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869.
PAGE 1271
Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1272
Usage Information This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the userspecified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. The file contains the OpenSSH-compatible public keys of the host for which host-based authentication is allowed.
PAGE 1273
Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts FTOS(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
PAGE 1274
Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) — adds keys for RSA authentication. ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. Z9000 Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {myauthorized-keys} command. Parameters my-authorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorized-keys.
PAGE 1275
ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. Z9000 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. ip ssh server {enable | port port-number} [version {1 | 2}] To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server enable command. Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server.
PAGE 1276
show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Z9000 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key.
PAGE 1277
664345774602219229518903992966334579117374224743155375050167692 9660273790601494434 050000015179864425629613385774919236081771341059533760063913083 FTOS# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. Z9000 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1278
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. Z9000 Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1279
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1280
ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher. (For v2 clients only.): -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session.
PAGE 1281
Usage Information FTOS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. Example FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 clients only) -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 1282
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Z9000 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1283
Related Commands ip dhcp snooping vlan — enables DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address.
PAGE 1284
Version 7.8.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Z9000 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1285
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1286
ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9000 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1287
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1288
PAGE 1289
Service Provider Bridging 44 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the FTOS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. FTOS supports L2PT on the Z-Series platform.
PAGE 1290
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled.
PAGE 1291
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1292
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN-Stacking, no protocol packets are tunneled. Related Command show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. Z-Series Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1293
Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. Defaults 75 frames per second. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1294
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1295
45 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports sFlow commands on the Z-Series platform. FTOS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a networkwide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1296
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z-Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1297
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both. The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent.
PAGE 1298
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands sflow enable (Interface) — enables sFlow on interfaces. sflow enable (Interface) Enable sFlow on interfaces. Z-Series Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command.
PAGE 1299
sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. Z-Series Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1300
sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. Z-Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1301
Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is the global counter polling interval. Defaults The same value as the current global default counter polling interval. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1302
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1303
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface.
PAGE 1304
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1305
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1306
PAGE 1307
46 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on the Z-Series platform. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS).
PAGE 1308
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1309
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1310
Example FTOS#show snmp group groupname: ngroup readview : nview notifyview: nview row status: active security model: v3 auth writeview: no write view specified FTOS# Related Commands snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. Z-Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp user • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1311
snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. Z-Series Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1312
list-name [ipv6 ipv6-access-list-name | access-list-name | security-name name]]] To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-listname | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 accesslist-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission. rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission.
PAGE 1313
The community-name parameter indexes this command. If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data. Only Standard IPv4 ACL and IPv6 ACL is supported in the optional access-listname. The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth.
PAGE 1314
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Z-Series Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command.
PAGE 1315
• temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ecmp traps. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1316
Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device. Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. remote ip- address udp-port port- number engineID • The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. • The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device.
PAGE 1317
snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1318
access accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). access-list-name ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1319
To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [traps | informs] [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address of the host (configurable hosts is limited to 16). ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1320
• bgp — BGP state change. • config — copy-configuration traps. • ecmp — ecmp and link bundling traffic imbalance traps. • envmon — Environment monitor trap. • snmp — SNMP notification (RFC 1157). • stp — Spanning tree protocol notification (RFC 1493). • vrrp — State change in a VRRP group. • xstp — State change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+. The default is all trap types are sent to host. Defaults As above.
PAGE 1321
globally. For a host to receive most notifications, at least one snmp-server enable command and the snmp-server host command for that host must be enabled. NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1322
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. Z-Series Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1323
• For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address assigned to the management interface is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1324
remote ip- address • v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteu — maps to a community rw permissions. Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. udp-port portnumber Enter the keywords udp-port then the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162.
PAGE 1325
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1326
Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. Z-Series Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters).
PAGE 1327
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Z-Series Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1328
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer.
PAGE 1329
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1330
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. Z-Series Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1331
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1332
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Related Commands When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. clear logging — clears the logging buffer.
PAGE 1333
E-Series legacy command Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Z-Series Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1334
Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1335
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the FTOS logging history table.
PAGE 1336
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Z-Series Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging.
PAGE 1337
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you use the no logging on command, messages are logged only to the console. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server.
PAGE 1338
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1339
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1340
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging — enables the logging to another device. logging on — enables logging.
PAGE 1341
E-Series legacy command Example (Partial) FTOS#show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5604 Messages Logged, Size (524288 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Oct 8 09:25:37: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 223.80.255.254 closed. Hold time expired Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.200.13.2 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.1.1.
PAGE 1342
show logging driverlog stack-unit Display the driver log for the specified stack member. Z9000 Syntax Parameters defaults Command Modes Command History show logging driverlog stack-unit unit# stack-unit unit# Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack member ID of the switch for which you want to display the driver log. The range is from 0 to 1. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1343
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1344
PAGE 1345
47 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS). Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1346
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMO
PAGE 1347
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cleared: Switch fabric up CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby SFM CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: probl
PAGE 1348
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
PAGE 1349
Message ID %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication Trap Type Trap Option PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE vrid-1 on Gi type mismatch.
PAGE 1350
PAGE 1351
48 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the Z9000 platform. The commands are always available and operational, whether the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
PAGE 1352
Usage Information The range is 0 to 11. Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the Failed state. The switch does not reboot until it is manually rebooted. When enabled, it is not displayed in the running-config. When disabled, it is displayed in the running-config. Related Commands show redundancy — displays the current redundancy status. redundancy force-failover stack-unit Force the standby unit in the stack to become the management unit.
PAGE 1353
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1354
Example Related Commands Stack MAC : 00:01:e8:8b:1a:36 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ---------------------------------------------------0 Management online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 1 Standby online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 2 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 3 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 4 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 5 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 6 Member not present 7 Member not prese
PAGE 1355
Example • no-more — do not paginate the output. • save — save the output to a file. FTOS#show redundancy FTOS#show redundancy -- SSeries Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Auto reboot : Enabled -- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 0 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.
PAGE 1356
show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. Z9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show system stack-ports [status | topology] status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field. topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1357
2/49 2/51 2/52 FTOS# 0/51 1/50 24 12 12 up up up up up down Example (Status) FTOS# show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status ---------------------------------------0/49 12 up up 0/50 12 up down 0/51 24 up up 1/49 12 up up 1/50 12 up up 2/49 24 up up 2/51 12 up up 2/52 12 up down FTOS# Example (Topology) FTOS# show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection ---------------------0/49 1/49 0/50 0/51 2/49 1/49 0/49 1/50 2/51 2
PAGE 1358
Parameters stack-number Enter the stack member unit identifier. 1–14 This preference parameter allows you to specify the management priority of one backup switch over another, with 0 the lowest priority and 14 the highest. The switch with the highest priority value is chosen to become the management unit if the active management unit fails or on the next reload. Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1359
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • reload – reboots FTOS.
PAGE 1360
entered, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group will be removed when the unit is rebooted. NOTE: Any scripts used to streamline the stacking configuration process must be updated to reflect the Command Mode change from EXEC Privilege to CONFIGURATION to allow the scripts to work correctly. upgrade system stack-unit Copy the boot image or FTOS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
PAGE 1361
Related Commands • reload — reboots FTOS. • reset stack-unit — resets the designated S-Series stack member. • show system (S-Series) — displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. • show version — displays the current FTOS version information on the system. • upgrade (S-Series management unit) — upgrades the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series management unit.
PAGE 1362
PAGE 1363
49 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on the Dell Networking Z-Series platforms. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1364
Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1365
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1366
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1367
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only. Layer 2 broadcast traffic is treated as unknown-unicast traffic. storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Z-Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1368
storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. Z-Series Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1369
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series.
PAGE 1370
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Z-Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1371
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 50 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Z-Series Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z-Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
PAGE 1372
bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs. gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider Bridge GVRP Address as the destination MAC address in its PDUs. Defaults The destination MAC address for BPDUs is the Bridge Group Address.
PAGE 1373
config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1374
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1375
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Z-Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the FTOS waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1376
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1377
Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1378
Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Z-Series Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1379
active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed.
PAGE 1380
Example Field Description “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...” Displays the number of topology changes, the time of the last topology change, and on what interface the topology change occurred.
PAGE 1381
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.27, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 (GigabitEthernet 1/3) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1382
spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface. Z-Series Syntax spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | { | } | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | { | } | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority} command.
PAGE 1383
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the ESeries TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1384
PAGE 1385
System Time and Date 51 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS), or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1386
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously. After the hardware clock (the calendar) is set, the FTOS automatically updates the software clock after system bootup.
PAGE 1387
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously. After the hardware clock (the calendar) is set, the FTOS automatically updates the software clock after system bootup. You cannot delete this command (there is not a no version of this command). clock set Set the software clock in the switch.
PAGE 1388
Dell Networking recommends using an outside time source, such as NTP, to ensure accurate time on the switch. Example FTOS#clock set 16:20:00 19 may 2001 FTOS# Related Commands ntp update-calendar — sets the switch using the NTP settings. clock summer-time date Set a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time on a one-time basis.
PAGE 1389
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1390
start-day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin. Use English three letter abbreviations; for example, Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1391
show clock — displays the current clock settings. clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Z-Series Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone.
PAGE 1392
clock update-calendar Set the switch hardware clock based on the software clock. Z-Series Syntax clock update-calendar Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1393
events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1394
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command. Related Commands ntp authentication-key — configures the authentication key for NTP traffic. ntp trusted-key — configures a key to authenticate.
PAGE 1395
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. FTOS versions 8.2.1.
PAGE 1396
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Z-Series Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1397
• 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1398
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure multiple time-serving hosts (up to 250). From these time-serving hosts, the FTOS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize.
PAGE 1399
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1400
Related Commands ntp authentication-key — sets an authentication key for NTP. ntp authenticate — enables the NTP authentication parameters you set. ntp update-calendar Configure the FTOS to update the calendar (the hardware clock) with the NTP-derived time. Z-Series Syntax ntp update-calendar [minutes] To return to default setting, use the no ntp update-calendar command. Parameters minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes between updates from NTP to the hardware clock.
PAGE 1401
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1402
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 FTOS# Example (Detail) FTOS#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 FTOS# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock.
PAGE 1403
Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock.
PAGE 1404
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Z-Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ntp status • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1404 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1405
Related Commands show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations.
PAGE 1406
PAGE 1407
Tunneling Commands 52 Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands. tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Z9000 Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel.
PAGE 1408
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. Z9000 Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp {mapped | value} command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP to the IPv4 DCSP\IPv6 traffic class. This option copies the IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header.
PAGE 1409
Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
PAGE 1410
Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel. ipv6ip Enable tunnel in RFC 4213 mode and encapsulate IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. Defaults None. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1411
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. If you have configured a tunnel interface or destination address, the tunnel source must be compatible for this command to function.
PAGE 1412
PAGE 1413
VLAN Stacking 53 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports this feature on the Z-9000 platform. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1414
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1415
Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. Related Commands dei enable — enables DEI. dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. Z9000 Syntax Parameters dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped.
PAGE 1416
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Z9000 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1417
stack-unit stack-group Configure a stacking group specified by an ID. Syntax Parameters [no] stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 16. [no] Use no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id to remove the current stack group configuration. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1418
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command.
PAGE 1419
To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode. Stackable VLANs contain members, designated by the M in the Q column of the command output.
PAGE 1420
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, FTOS assigns the value 0x9100. Z9000 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
PAGE 1421
vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9000 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan-stack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1422
In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Gi 3/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “TenGi 8/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40. (To allow VLAN 30 traffic, the native VLAN feature is required, by executing the portmode hybrid command. Refer to portmode hybrid in Interfaces.
PAGE 1423
FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#member Gi 7/0, Gi 3/10, TenGi 8/0 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#exit FTOS(config)#interface vlan 30 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 8/0 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#exit FTOS(config)# FTOS(config)#interface vlan 40 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 8/0 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#exit FTOS(config)# 1423
PAGE 1424
PAGE 1425
Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 54 Virtual link trunking (VLT) is supported on the Z-Series platform. VLT allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1426
interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for IPv6. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 1427
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example VLT ARP Statistics ---------------ARP Tunnel Pkts sent:0 ARP Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP-sync Pkts Sent:0 ARP-sync Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP Reg Request sent:19 ARP Reg Request rcvd:10 Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations. delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches.
PAGE 1428
Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations. lacp ungroup member-independent Prevent possible loop during the bootup of a VLT peer switch or a device that accesses the VLT domain. Z-Series Syntax Parameters lacp ungroup member-independent {vlt | port-channel} port-channel Force all LACP port-channel members to become switchports. vlt Force all VLT LACP members to become switchports. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1429
vlt become switchports All VLT LACP members multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. Z9000 Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150.
PAGE 1430
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1431
Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1432
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Z-Series Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1433
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1434
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1435
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Z-Series Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1436
(*, 225.1.1.2) FTOS# VLAN 15 te 0/5 show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. Z9000 Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1437
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Z-Series Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 1438
Parameters domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1439
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to Peer: 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer: 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer: 0 Route update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics
PAGE 1440
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 Reg Request sent: 1 Reg Request rcvd: 2 Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent:5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd:10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. Z-Series Syntax Parameters system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1441
unit-id Explicitly configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Z-Series Syntax Parameters unit-id [0 | 1] 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer or enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1442
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value.
PAGE 1443
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 55 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) on the Z-Series platform. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z-Series Syntax advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1444
authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Z-Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: password • 0 (zero) specifies an un-encrypted authentication data follows. • 7 (seven) specifies a hidden authentication data follows.
PAGE 1445
clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. Z-Series Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1446
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes..
PAGE 1447
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1448
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. Z-Series Syntax hold-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. Defaults zero (0) seconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1449
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process.
PAGE 1450
show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. Z-Series Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1451
• brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to view only VRRP IPv6 groups. Command Modes Command History For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1452
Item Description Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. Example (Brief) FTOS>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description----------------------------------------------------------Gi 10/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.201 Gi 10/37 2 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.202 200.200.200.203 Description Gi 10/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.
PAGE 1453
Example Item Description Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed. Tracking states.. This line is displayed if the track command is configured on an interface. Below this line, the following information on the tracked interface is displayed: • Dn or Up states whether the interface is down or up. • the interface type slot/port information.
PAGE 1454
... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1455
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Command Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies to a single interface.
PAGE 1456
• When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. Save the configuration and reload the system for the delay timers to take effect. Related Command vrrp delay minimum — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a line card reboot. vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface.
PAGE 1457
• vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • track • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1458
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID.
PAGE 1459
Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: brief Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1460
Line Beginning with Adv rcvd:... Example Description • Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. • AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds. This line displays counters for the following: • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface.
PAGE 1461
Parameters vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1462
Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE-VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1463
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Z-Series Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1464
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. Z-Series Syntax hold-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. Defaults zero (0) seconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1465
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1466
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration.
PAGE 1467
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. Z-Series Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ipaddress1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format.